#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 503
\begin_document
\begin_header
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
%
% This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
% the documentation team
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
% for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
% the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
% and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
\frontmatter
\pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
\myTOC
\mainmatter }
% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
% macro for italic page numbers in the index
\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
% for customized page headers/footers
% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
\usepackage{fancyhdr}
% change header rule width
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
% workaround for a makeindex bug,
% see sec. "Index Entry Order"
% only uncomment this when you are using makindex
%\let\OrgIndex\index
%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
% the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
% to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
\addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
\addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
\end_preamble
\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
customHeadersFooters
enumitem
\end_modules
\maintain_unincluded_children false
\language bahasa
\language_package default
\inputencoding auto
\fontencoding global
\font_roman "lmodern" "default"
\font_sans "lmss" "default"
\font_typewriter "lmtt" "default"
\font_math "auto" "auto"
\font_default_family default
\use_non_tex_fonts false
\font_sc false
\font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 100
\font_tt_scale 100 100
\graphics default
\default_output_format pdf2
\output_sync 0
\bibtex_command bibtex
\index_command default
\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single
\use_hyperref true
\pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
\pdf_author "Tim LyX"
\pdf_subject "LyX"
\pdf_keywords "LyX"
\pdf_bookmarks true
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
\pdf_bookmarksopen false
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
\pdf_breaklinks false
\pdf_pdfborder false
\pdf_colorlinks true
\pdf_backref false
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
\papersize default
\use_geometry false
\use_package amsmath 1
\use_package amssymb 1
\use_package cancel 1
\use_package esint 1
\use_package mathdots 1
\use_package mathtools 1
\use_package mhchem 1
\use_package stackrel 1
\use_package stmaryrd 1
\use_package undertilde 1
\cite_engine basic
\cite_engine_type default
\biblio_style plain
\use_bibtopic false
\use_indices false
\paperorientation portrait
\suppress_date false
\justification true
\use_refstyle 0
\notefontcolor #0000ff
\branch Question
\selected 1
\filename_suffix 0
\color #00ff00
\end_branch
\branch Answer
\selected 0
\filename_suffix 0
\color #aa55ff
\end_branch
\index Index
\shortcut idx
\color #008000
\end_index
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 2
\paragraph_separation indent
\paragraph_indentation default
\quotes_language english
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\output_changes false
\html_be_strict true
\end_header
\begin_body
\begin_layout Title
Petunjuk Penggunaan \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
oleh Tim \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
\noun on
Waluyo Adi Siswanto
\noun default
.
Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list \SpecialChar LyX
,
\family typewriter
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
type "mailto:"
\end_inset
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Versi 2.0.x
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialChar LyX
/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
Pendahuluan
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Apakah \SpecialChar LyX
?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
menulis puisi.
\SpecialChar LyX
tidak seperti
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
pengolah kata
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
lainnya.
\SpecialChar LyX
menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
sebagai
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Bab
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, tidak perlu menyatakan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
mm
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LyX
yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
penulisannya.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\emph on
Pengantar
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Dalam buku panduan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\emph on
Pengantar
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi \SpecialChar LyX
, juga menjelaskan tentang format
penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
ini adalah buku panduan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Bagaimana Tampilan \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, \SpecialChar LyX
mempunyai kotak menu utama di bagian
atas jendela kerja.
Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
berbagai tombol bantuan.
Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
dokumen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
horisontal.
Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
merupakan kesengajaan.
Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja \SpecialChar LyX
akan selalu diteruskan di baris bawahnya
apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
Oleh karena itu, \SpecialChar LyX
tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
gulungan vertikal.
Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
gambar di \SpecialChar LyX
agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja \SpecialChar LyX
.
Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
yang melebihi area kerja.
Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
dan melebihi area kerja.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu \SpecialChar LyX
serta tombol bantuan yang ada, silahkan
membaca di Lampiran
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
.
Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
Lampiran
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
BANTUAN
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan \SpecialChar LyX
.
Anda dapat membaca
\emph on
semua
\emph default
buku panduan dalam \SpecialChar LyX
.
Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
\family sans
Bantuan
\family default
, kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Pengaturan \SpecialChar LyX
Dasar
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Ada beberapa fitur \SpecialChar LyX
dapat diatur dari dalam \SpecialChar LyX
, tanpa melakukan perubahan
atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
\SpecialChar LyX
mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
\SpecialChar LaTeX
, serta paket \SpecialChar LaTeX
yang tersedia.
Dengan kemampuan ini, \SpecialChar LyX
menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
yang ada dalam
\family sans
Preferensi
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Preferensi
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
\SpecialChar LyX
, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
lokal, misalnya \SpecialChar LaTeX
class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh \SpecialChar LyX
.
Untuk memaksa \SpecialChar LyX
untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunakan
\family sans
AlatBantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Konfigurasi Ulang
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Konfigurasi Ulang \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang \SpecialChar LyX
untuk memastika
n semua perubahan diterapkan dalam \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Pengaturan \SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam \SpecialChar LyX
tanpa instalasi \SpecialChar LaTeX
, namun demikian anda
tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class \SpecialChar LaTeX
atau DocBook atau paket
\SpecialChar LaTeX
.
Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
di sistem anda.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Semua paket \SpecialChar LaTeX
yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat melalui
menu
\family sans
Bantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Konfigurasi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
eX
\family default
.
Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
\family sans
AlatBantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Konfigurasi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Ulang
\family default
).
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The two braces in the \SpecialChar TeX
Code box prevent that the term
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
More about \SpecialChar TeX
Code is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:TeX-Code"
\end_inset
, the printout of proper names like \SpecialChar LaTeX
is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Konfigurasi Ulang \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\end_inset
Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket \SpecialChar LaTeX
, silahkan
lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
\emph on
Perubahan dan Pengaturan
\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
Bagaimana Menggunakan \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Penggunaan Berkas
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
\family sans
Berkas
\family default
serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Baru
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-new"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Baru
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dari
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Templet
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Buka
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
berkas
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "file-open"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Tutup
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Simpan
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-write"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Simpan
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
ke
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Nama
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Lain
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Kembalikan
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Berkas
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Kontrol
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Versi
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Impor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Ekspor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Keluar
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
kata.
Hanya saja di \SpecialChar LyX
ada sedikit perbedaan.
Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
\family sans
Berkas\SpecialChar menuseparator
Baru
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
dari
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Templet,
\family default
bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
templet yang akan anda gunakan.
Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Document-Classes"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Kembalikan
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
berkas
\family default
serta
\family sans
Kontrol
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Versi
\family default
sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
dokumen yang sama
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
\emph on
Fitur Tambahan
\emph default
\SpecialChar endofsentence
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\family sans
Kembalikan
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
berkas
\family default
akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
\family sans
Kembalikan
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
berkas
\family default
untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
Dengan operasi berkas
\family sans
Kontrol
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Versi,
\family default
anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Penyuntingan
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
dan tempel dalam \SpecialChar LyX
dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
dalam \SpecialChar LyX
dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
\family sans
Suntingan
\family default
dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
fitur suntingan lainnya.
Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Potong
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "cut"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Salin
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "copy"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Tempelkan
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "paste"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Tempelkan
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
yg
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
terkini
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Tempelkan
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Spesial
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Cari
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Ganti
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
sendiri.
Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
Tombol
\family sans
Delete
\family default
dan
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
\family sans
Potong
\family default
.
Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka \SpecialChar LyX
akan menghapus teks
yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter yang
anda tekan.
Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
\family sans
Batalkan
\family default
agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tempelkan
\end_layout
\end_inset
Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di \SpecialChar LyX
juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
\family sans
Potong
\family default
,
\family sans
Salin
\family default
dan
\family sans
Tempelkan
\family default
.
Anak menu
\family sans
Tempelkan
\family default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
yg
\family default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
terkini
\family default
akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Dari menu Suntingan
\family sans
\SpecialChar menuseparator
Tempelkan
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
spesial, Teks
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
biasa,
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Disambungkan
\family default
akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
yang disisipkan dalam
\emph on
satu
\emph default
paragraf.
Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
Tanpa pilihan
\family sans
Disambungkan
\family default
, teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
awal paragraf.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ganti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Cari
\end_layout
\end_inset
Menu
\family sans
Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cari
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Ganti
\family default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
(Cepat)
\family default
akan membuka jendela dialog
\family sans
Cari
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Ganti
\family default
.
Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, \SpecialChar LyX
akan menandain
ya.
Dengan menekan tombol
\family sans
Ganti
\family default
, kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
\family sans
Ganti
\family default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
dengan
\family default
.
Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
Jika anda menekan tombol
\family sans
Ganti
\family default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
Semua
\family default
maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
menu
\family sans
Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cari
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Ganti
\family default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
(Lengkap)
\family default
.
Pada dialog
\family sans
Cari
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Ganti
\family default
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\family sans
(Lengkap)
\family default
anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
\family sans
Pertimbangkan
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
huruf
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
besar/kecil
\family default
, maka pencarian kata
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
Test
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
akan berbeda dengan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
test
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
Pilihan
\family sans
Seluruh
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
kata
\family default
akan memaksa \SpecialChar LyX
hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
star
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
tidak akan menemukan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
starlet
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
offers also an advanced
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Replace
\family default
feature that is described in sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
diuraikan.
Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
teks normal.
Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
tombol ketik
\family sans
Delete
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "inset-select-all"
\end_inset
, the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
\end_inset
selects the whole document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Batalkan dan Kembalikan
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Kembalikan
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Batalkan
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
\family sans
\SpecialChar menuseparator
Batalkan
\family default
atau dari tombol bantuan
\family sans
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "undo"
\end_inset
untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
\SpecialChar LyX
mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalkan/m
engembalikan.
Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
kali.
Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
\family sans
Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Kembalikan
\family default
atau dengan menekan tombol
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "redo"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
disimpan, status dokumen
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
ada perubahan
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Proses
\family sans
Batalkan
\family default
dan
\family sans
Kembalikan
\family default
dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di \SpecialChar LyX
.
Namun demikian proses
\family sans
Batalkan
\family default
dan
\family sans
Kembalikan
\family default
pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
teks.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Penggunaan Tetikus
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Penggunaan Tetikus
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Memindah Kursor
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Tekan atau klik
\emph on
tombol tetikus kiri
\emph default
sekali di daerah jendela kerja \SpecialChar LyX
.
Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
kiri tetikus.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Memilih dan Menandai Teks
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Tekan dan tahan
\emph on
tombol kiri tetikus
\emph default
kemudian seret tetikus.
\SpecialChar LyX
akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke tempat
posisi kursor setelah diseret.
Gunakan
\family sans
Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Salin
\family default
untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan \SpecialChar LyX
(dan papan klip).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
lokasi baru, menggunakan
\family sans
Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
Tempelkan.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\emph on
Klik-kanan
\emph default
pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
lebin terperinci.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
Navigasi
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Navigating"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Navigasi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The
\family sans
Navigate
\family default
menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
click to jump to the corresponding document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Outline
\family default
or by the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
You can set bookmarks in your document under
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bookmarks
\family default
and use the same menu to return to them.
Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
(also
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator
NavigateBack
\family default
) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
your last editing position.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\lang english
The Outliner
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The Outline was known in earlier versions of \SpecialChar LyX
as the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
TOC
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
ces (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand formatted
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
), or notes, or citations (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand formatted
reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
).
Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
document.
The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
ces (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand formatted
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
), or notes, or of citations (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand formatted
reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
).
Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
dialog and to modify the citation.
Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
And so on.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
in the Outline.
For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
sub:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
you further to control the display.
The
\family sans
Sort
\family default
option sorts the current list alphabetically.
Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
document.The
\family sans
Keep
\family default
option keeps it in the current view state.
Keeping means that when you have e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2 and 4 shown and click on section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3, the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2 and 4 will still be shown.
Without the
\family sans
Keep
\family default
option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3.
Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
depth
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "reload"
\end_inset
button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
in your document.
The
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "outline-down"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "outline-up"
\end_inset
buttons move sections up and down in the document.
So, for example, you can move section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.5 before section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.4 or after section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.6.
\SpecialChar LyX
will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
With the buttons
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "outline-out"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "outline-in"
\end_inset
(or the corresponding key bindings
\family sans
Tab
\family default
and
\family sans
Shift-Tab
\family default
) you can change the level of sections.
So you can for example make section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.5 chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3 or to subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.4.1.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Input-Completion"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Masukan kata
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Melengkapi kata|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Masukan kata
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari hasil
memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Pengaturan bawaan \SpecialChar LyX
untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
sudah ada kata tersedia.
Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
\family sans
Tab
\family default
untuk melengkapi kata.
Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
\family sans
Enter
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
bawaan dari menu
\family sans
AlatBantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferensi
\family default
kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
\family sans
\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cara
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Melengkapi
\family default
anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
\family sans
Indikator kursor
\family default
.
Sedangkan pengaturan
\family sans
Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
\family default
, pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
\family sans
Tab
\family default
.
Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
\family sans
Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
\family default
, maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
\SpecialChar LyX
mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Input-Completion-Appendix"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Gabungan tombol ketik
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Gabungan tombol ketik
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Gabungan tombol|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Gabungan tombol ketik
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Pintasan|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Gabungan tombol
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
Bawaan \SpecialChar LyX
menggunakan CUA.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Up
\family default
,
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Down
\family default
,
\family sans
Left
\family default
,
\family sans
Right
\family default
,
\family sans
Up
\family default
, dan
\family sans
Down
\family default
, sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Tab
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Tab"
description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
\end_inset
\family default
LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
dahulu subbab
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
\end_inset
dan
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
\end_inset
, juga subbab
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Lists"
\end_inset
.
Ya, sekarang juga.
Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
dan mengikuti
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Esc
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Esc"
description "Tombol ketik Escape"
\end_inset
\family default
Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
tombol pembatalan.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Home
\family default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dan
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
End
\family default
Tombol
\family sans
Home
\family default
akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
\family sans
End
\family default
memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
\family sans
Home
\family default
memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
\family sans
End
\family default
memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Control
\family default
(Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Ctrl
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Ctrl"
description "Tombol ketik Control"
\end_inset
) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
yang dikombinasikan:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Dengan
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
atau
\family sans
Delete
\family default
, akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Dengan
\family sans
Left
\family default
atau
\family sans
Right
\family default
, akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Dengan
\family sans
Home
\family default
atau
\family sans
End
\family default
, akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Shift
\family default
(Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Shift
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Shift"
description "Tombol ketik Shift"
\end_inset
) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Alt
\family default
(Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Alt
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Alt"
description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
\end_inset
) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
\family sans
Alt+
\family default
fungsi.
Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
\emph on
pemercepat menu
\emph default
.
Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
memilih menu tersebut.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Alt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
u
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
c
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
p
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
akan membawa anda ke dialog
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Corak dan Gaya Teks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
Menekan tombol
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Alt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
e
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
akan membuka menu
\family sans
Berkas
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Buku petunjuk
\emph on
Pintasan
\emph default
memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
ketik
\family sans
Alt
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
yang digunakan di \SpecialChar LyX
, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan aksi
yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa anda
pilih di jendela status bawah.
Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Alt+P Shift-A
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
berarti
\family sans
Alt+P
\family default
diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
\family sans
A
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
\family sans
AlatBantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferensi
\family default
kemudian dari
\family sans
Penyuntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cara
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pintas
\family default
seperti dijelaskan di subbab
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
\SpecialChar LyX
Dasar
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LyX
! Dasar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Tipe Dokumen
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dokumen ! Tipe
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Pendahuluan
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
numbering schemes, and so on.
Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
and format the title of your document differently.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A
\emph on
document class
\emph default
describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
making it easier to create the type of document you want.
If you don't choose a document class, \SpecialChar LyX
picks one for you by default.
So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from \SpecialChar LyX
, and how
to adjust their properties.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Classes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Classes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Document-Classes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can select a class using the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
dialog.
Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
you may need.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Overview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are four standard document classes in \SpecialChar LyX
.
They are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Article for basic articles
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Report for basic reports
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Book for writing a book
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Letter for US-style letters
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are also some non-standard classes, which \SpecialChar LyX
only uses if you have installed
the corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX
class files, though most \SpecialChar LaTeX
distributions will include
many of these.
Here are some of the classes.
The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
\emph on
Special Document Classes
\emph default
in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
Society
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
Union
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
Mathematical Society (AMS).
There are three article layouts available.
The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
prepends the section number to the number of the result.
All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
sequential numbering
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
them throughout the article in a single sequence.
Each type of result gets its own sequence.
There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Beamer Layout for presentations
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Broadway Layout for writing plays.
It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX
document class, but a new one which is distributed
with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Chess Layout to write about chess games
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Curriculum
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Foils Used to make transparencies
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX
document class, but a new one which is distributed
with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
(Is used by this document.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Powerdot Layout for presentations
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
REVTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
of America (OSA).
This class is not completely compatible with all \SpecialChar LyX
features.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Slides Used to make transparencies
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
SPIE
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
here.
You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
6 of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
of the document classes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Availability
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
listed under
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
are marked as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Unavailable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
the
\family sans
iop-article
\family default
template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
that are not installed to produce output.
So it seems that something is wrong.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
But nothing is wrong.
\SpecialChar LyX
includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, and
some of them, like
\family sans
IOP
\family default
, are highly specialized.\SpecialChar LyX
tries to support as many different types of documents
as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout files,
with a growing number.
No \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
by some document class.
There are just too many of them.
That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
document class for a new file.
\SpecialChar LyX
will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
See section
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
files
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual for information on how to install them.
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Although \SpecialChar LyX
provides support for many different sorts of documents, it does
not include support for every document class people might want to use.
For example, many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX
class files to be used for dissertation
s submitted to those universities.
The \SpecialChar LyX
team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
There are too many.
Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
done so.
Chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
5 of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual contains information on how to create layout files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Modules
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Modules"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Modules
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
chosen document class.
For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
ing module in the
\family sans
Modules
\family default
section of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
dialog.
Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
module.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some modules require \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages that are not always installed by default.
\SpecialChar LyX
will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
be able to export to PDF or print your document, since \SpecialChar LyX
will not be able
to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX
file without the missing package.
If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
missing package and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
by selecting
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\end_inset
See section
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
files
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual for more information on installing needed packages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
\SpecialChar LyX
will advise you about these things.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Local Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Local-Layout"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Local Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Modules are to \SpecialChar LyX
much as packages are to \SpecialChar LaTeX
: They are intended to be used in
a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself needing
the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider writing
a module for this purpose.
Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
one time.
You want something that is like a document's own \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble.
What you want is \SpecialChar LyX
's
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Local Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
See section
\emph on
Local Layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual for information on how to use it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Properties
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Each class has a default set of options.
Here's a quick table describing them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Page style
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Sides
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Columns
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Max.
sectioning level
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
article
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Plain
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Section
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
report
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Plain
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Chapter
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
book
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Headings
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Two
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Chapter
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
letter
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
Plain
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
One
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
none
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You're probably also wondering what
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Max.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
sectioning level
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
means.
There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
Only two use the
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
\family sans
Section
\family default
heading.
Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
headings.
In addition to
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
and
\family sans
Section
\family default
headings, there are also
\family sans
Subsection
\family default
headings,
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
headings, and so on.
We'll describe these headings fully in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Headings"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Document-Layout"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
There in the
\family sans
Options
\family default
field under
\family sans
Documents
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Class
\family default
, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
list.
This is only necessary if \SpecialChar LyX
doesn't support special options you want to
use for your document.
To learn more about your favorite \SpecialChar LaTeX
-class and its options, you have to read
its manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The drop box
\family sans
Headings style
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog under
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
You can choose between the following five options:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Default
\family default
Use default page style of current class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Empty
\family default
No page numbers or headings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Plain
\family default
Page numbers only.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Headings
\family default
Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
Whether \SpecialChar LyX
uses the current chapter or the current section depends on the
maximum sectioning level of the class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Fancy
\family default
This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
How they are defined is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The separation of paragraphs is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paper Size and Orientation
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Paper size
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You'll find the following options in the menu
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog
\family sans
:
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Paper
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format
\family default
What size paper to print on.
The choices are
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
A3, A4,
\family default
\family sans
A5
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
B3, B4, B5
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
US letter
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
US legal
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
US executive
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Custom
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Orientation
\family default
To choose whether to output as
\family sans
Landscape
\family default
or as
\family sans
Portrait
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Two-sided
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
document
\family default
Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Margins
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Margins"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Margins
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Margins
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Paper margins are set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Important Note
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you change a document class, \SpecialChar LyX
has to convert
\emph on
everything
\emph default
into the new class.
That includes the paragraph environments.
Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
If this is the case, and you change the document class, \SpecialChar LyX
will mark the
paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
unknown
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
the old class.
But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Paragraph Indentation and Separation
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Indentation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
\emph on
first
\emph default
paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
etc., is
\emph on
not
\emph default
indented.
Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
language than English.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
into \SpecialChar LyX
.
As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
\SpecialChar LyX
takes care of that.
In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
range.
That way, \SpecialChar LyX
can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures
fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of
a page, and so on.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
does this when \SpecialChar LyX
goes to produce a printable file.
\end_layout
\end_inset
However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
\SpecialChar LyX
gives you the ability to globally change
\emph on
all
\emph default
of these pre-coded spacings.
We'll explain more later.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Separation
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Separation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To separate paragraphs, select
\family sans
Indent
\family default
or
\family sans
Skip
\family default
in the submenu
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
of the dialog
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
you have to add this line to your document preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
parindent}{Length}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cap:Units"
\end_inset
.
The default length is 30
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
Open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
dialog and toggle the
\family sans
Indent
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Paragraph
\family default
option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
\end_inset
).
If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
this).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
if you need to do some fine-tuning.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Line Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Line spacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\noun on
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
\noun default
dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
You need to have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
setspace
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! setspace
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed to use this feature.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Paragraph Environments
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Paragraph environments correspond to the
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
begin{
\emph on
environment
\emph default
} ...
\backslash
end{
\emph on
environment
\emph default
}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
command sequence in \SpecialChar LaTeX
files.
If you don't know \SpecialChar LaTeX
, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
alien to you, we urge you to read the
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
.
The
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
also contains many more examples than this section does.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A paragraph environment is simply a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
container
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
scheme, labels, and so on.
Additionally, you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
nest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
to inherit some of the properties of another.
The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
days of typewriters.
There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
document type.
We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
scale 70
clip
\end_inset
at the left end of the toolbar.
\SpecialChar LyX
will change the environment of the
\emph on
entire
\emph default
paragraph in which the cursor sits.
You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
you select them before choosing the new environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that hitting
\family sans
Return
\family default
will
\emph on
typically
\emph default
create a new paragraph using the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
paragraph environment.
We say
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
typically
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
because if you are in one of these environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Quote
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Quotation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Verse
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Enumerate
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
List
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
, rather than resetting it to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
\SpecialChar LyX
will still reset the nesting depth, however.
Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
).
At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
\family sans
Return
\family default
to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
instead.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The default paragraph environment is
\family sans
Standard
\family default
for most classes.
It creates a plain paragraph.
If \SpecialChar LyX
resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
this manual) are in the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can nest a paragraph using the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
in a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Title
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Title
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A \SpecialChar LaTeX
title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s)
and a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
footnote
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for thanks or contact information.
For certain types of documents, \SpecialChar LaTeX
places all of this on a separate page
along with today's date.
For other types of documents, the title
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
goes at the top of the first page of the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
environments
\family sans
Title
\family default
,
\family sans
Author
\family default
, and
\family sans
Date
\family default
.
Here's how you use them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Put the title of your document in the
\family sans
Title
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Put the author name in the
\family sans
Author
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
the
\family sans
Date
\family default
environment.
Note that using this environment is optional.
If you don't provide any, \SpecialChar LaTeX
will automatically insert today's date.
If you don't want any date, add the line
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
date{}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
to the preamble of your document (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can use footnotes to insert
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
thanks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or contact information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Section headings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Headings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
\SpecialChar LyX
takes care of the numbering for you.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Numbered Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Section headings ! Numbered
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
They are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Part
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Chapter
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Paragraph
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Subparagraph
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
The numbers describe where in the document you are.
Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
For example, suppose you're writing a book.
You group the book into chapters.
\SpecialChar LyX
does similar grouping:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Part
\family default
is divided in either
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
s or
\family sans
Section
\family default
s
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
s are divided into
\family sans
Section
\family default
s
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Section
\family default
s are divided into
\family sans
Subsection
\family default
s
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Subsection
\family default
s are divided into
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
s
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
s are divided into
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
s
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
s are divided into
\family sans
Subparagraph
\family default
s
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Not all document types use the
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
heading as the maximum sectioning level.
In that case the
\family sans
Section
\family default
is the top-level heading.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
So, if you use the
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
environment to label a new sub-subsection, \SpecialChar LyX
labels it with its number,
along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
that it's in.
For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
2.5
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Unnumbered Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Section headings ! Unnumbered
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The unnumbered section headings have a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
*
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
at the end of their name.
They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
the table of contents, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Changing the Numbering
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Numbering-depth"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
in the Table of Contents.
Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
class.
Certain classes start with
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
and go down to the
\family sans
Subparagraph
\family default
level.
Others start at
\family sans
Section
\family default
.
Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
Most don't number
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
or
\family sans
Subparagraph
\family default
.
This is something you can change.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Open the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
Under
\family sans
Numbering
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
TOC
\family default
you'll see two counters.
The one named
\family sans
Numbering
\family default
controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy \SpecialChar LyX
numbers a section heading.
The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
of contents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Short Titles of Headings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Section headings ! Short titles
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Short Titles
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LaTeX
allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
avoiding the problem mentioned.
To specify a short title, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Short
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Title
\family default
.
This will insert a box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
opt
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(stands for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
optional
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) which you can use to enter the short title text.
This also works for captions inside floats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Special Information
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The following information applies to all section headings:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
You can only use inline math in these environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Quotes and Poetry line spacing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
They are
\family sans
Quote
\family default
,
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
, and
\family sans
Verse
\family default
.
Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
the text they contain.
They also allow nesting, so you can put a
\family sans
Verse
\family default
in a
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
\emph on
not
\emph default
reset to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
when you start a new paragraph.
So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
to change back to the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment yourself.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Quote
\family default
and
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Quote"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Quotation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
time for the differences.
\family sans
Quote
\family default
and
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
are identical except for one difference:
\family sans
Quote
\family default
uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
\emph on
always
\emph default
indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here's an example of the
\family sans
Quote
\family default
environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
This is in the
\family sans
Quote
\family default
environment.
I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
wraps.
See – no indentation!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
the other paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here's another example, this time in the
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
This is in the
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
environment.
If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
the first line, then
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
\emph on
if
\emph default
you were quoting other text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
Here's a new paragraph.
I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As the examples show,
\family sans
Quote
\family default
is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
They should put quotes in the
\family sans
Quote
\family default
environment.
Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
paragraph environment for quoted text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Verse
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! Verse
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Poetry
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Verse"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Verse
\family default
is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
Here's an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
This is in Verse
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Which I did not rehearse!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
It could be much worse.
This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
around.
It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
indented a bit more than the first.
Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
So sue me.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
To break a line
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
And make things look fine
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As you can see,
\family sans
Verse
\family default
does not indent both margins.
Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
function
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Lists"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
of lists.
In the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
and
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environments, \SpecialChar LyX
labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
In the
\family sans
Description
\family default
and
\family sans
List
\family default
environments, \SpecialChar LyX
lets you provide your own label.
We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
General Features
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
in several ways.
First, \SpecialChar LyX
treats each paragraph as a list item.
Hitting
\family sans
Return
\family default
does
\emph on
not
\emph default
reset the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
The nesting depth is hereby kept.
If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
depth, you can use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
to break paragraphs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
In fact, \SpecialChar LyX
changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is
nested.
If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
you read all of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Itemize
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
paragraph environment.
It has the following properties:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The items can have any length.
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list may be in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
If you nest an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment inside another
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\SpecialChar LyX
always shows the same symbol on screen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
for a full explanation of nesting.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list.
The
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
The label for the first level
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
is a large black dot, or bullet.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The label for the second level is a dash.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The label for the third is an asterisk.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Back out to the third level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Back to the second level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
These are the default labels for an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list.
You can customize these labels in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog in the submenu
\family sans
Bullets
\family default
.
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Enumerate
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Enumerate"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
It has these properties:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Each item has a numeral as its label.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The label type depends on the nesting depth.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Each new
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment resets the counter to one.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Like the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment, the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
Items can have any length.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Unlike the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment,
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
shows the different labels for each item in \SpecialChar LyX
.
Here is how \SpecialChar LyX
labels the four different levels in an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
The first level of an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
increases.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back to the third level
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back to the second level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
It involves adding commands to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble (see the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual).
As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
not in \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There is more to nesting
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environments than we've stated here.
You should read section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
to learn more about nesting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Description
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Description
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Unlike the previous two environments, the
\family sans
Description
\family default
list has no fixed label.
Instead, \SpecialChar LyX
uses the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of the first line as the label.
Here's an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Example: This is an example of the
\family sans
Description
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
rest of the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
With the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
it is meant that the first hit of the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
item.
If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
\family sans
Protected Blank
\family default
.
(Use either
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
for more info.) Here is an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Second
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Example: This one shows how to use a
\family sans
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Blank
\family default
in the label of a
\family sans
Description
\family default
list item.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Usage: You should use the
\family sans
Description
\family default
environment for things like definitions and theorems.
Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
that describes it.
It's not a good idea to use a
\family sans
Description
\family default
environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
You're better off using
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
or
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
and nesting several
\family sans
Standard
\family default
paragraphs into them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Nesting: You can nest
\family sans
Description
\family default
environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
so on.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Notice that after the first line, \SpecialChar LyX
indents subsequent lines, offsetting
them from the first line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
The \SpecialChar LyX
\family sans
List
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! \SpecialChar LyX
list
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
List
\family default
environment is a \SpecialChar LyX
extension to \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
the
\family sans
List
\family default
environment is named
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Like the
\family sans
Description
\family default
environment the
\family sans
List
\family default
environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
There are the following properties of this list environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
labels \SpecialChar LyX
uses the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of each line as the item label.
The first
\family sans
Space
\family default
after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
blank as described above.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
margins As you can see, \SpecialChar LyX
uses different margins for the item label and the
body of the item text.
The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
label width plus a little extra space.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
label
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
width \SpecialChar LyX
uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is larger.
If the label width is larger, the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
extends
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
into the first line.
In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
margin of the rest of the item text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
items in a
\family sans
List
\family default
environment have the same left margin.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
To change the default width, select all items in the list.
Now open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
dialog.
The text in the box
\family sans
Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
label
\family default
determines the default label width.
You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
letter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
multiple times instead.
The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
By using
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
\family sans
Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
label
\family default
every time you alter a label in a
\family sans
List
\family default
environment.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The predefined default width is the length of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
00.00.0000
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(equal to 6 M).
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
only change the width inside \SpecialChar LyX
but not in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You should use the
\family sans
List
\family default
environment the same way like the
\family sans
Description
\family default
list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
it.
The
\family sans
List
\family default
environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
layout.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can nest
\family sans
List
\family default
environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
so on.
They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
Read section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
to learn about nesting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There is yet another feature of the
\family sans
List
\family default
environment: As you can see in the examples, \SpecialChar LyX
left-justifies the item labels
by default.
You can use additional
\family sans
HFills
\family default
to change how \SpecialChar LyX
justifies the item label.
\family sans
Hfills
\family default
are documented in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
.
Here are some examples:
\begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
Left The default for
\family sans
List
\family default
item labels.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
Right One
\family sans
HFill
\family default
at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
Center
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
One
\family sans
HFill
\family default
at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Customized Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Customized
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
\family sans
Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
in the document settings.
This loads the features of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Custom Enumerate Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
argument (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Short Title
\family default
) to the first item of each level in the list.
There you add the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
label=
\backslash
roman{enumi}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
in \SpecialChar TeX
Code (shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
).
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
For more about \SpecialChar TeX
Code, look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:TeX-Code"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\emph on
enumi
\emph default
is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
The command
\series bold
\backslash
roman
\series default
outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
\series bold
\backslash
roman
\series default
by
\series bold
\backslash
Roman
\series default
.
For Arabic numerals use
\series bold
\backslash
arabic
\series default
.
To
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
number
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
items with capital or small Latin letters use
\series bold
\backslash
Alph
\series default
or
\series bold
\backslash
alph
\series default
, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
You can only number 26
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As example a list with custom numbering:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
#
\backslash
Alph{enumi}
\backslash
#
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
Level 1
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
Alph{enumi}.
\backslash
arabic{enumii}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
Level 2
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Level 2
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
bf{
\backslash
arabic{enumiii}}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
Level 3
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
emph{
\backslash
roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
Level 4
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
For this list these commands were used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\series bold
label=
\backslash
#
\backslash
Alph{enumi}
\backslash
#
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
label=
\backslash
Alph{enumi}.
\backslash
arabic{enumii}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
label=
\backslash
bf{
\backslash
arabic{enumiii}}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
label=
\backslash
emph{
\backslash
roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
where the command
\series bold
\backslash
emph{}
\series default
makes the label emphasized and
\series bold
\backslash
bf{}
\series default
makes it bold.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
lists until you change the definition.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Resumed Enumeration
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
arabic{enumi}.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
first
\begin_inset Note Note
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
goes back to default numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
second
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
regular text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
resumed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To resume an enumeration, use the style
\family sans
Enumerate-Resume
\family default
.
Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX
to indicate that it is a resumed
list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX
, but in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
error.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
next one.
Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
of a normal new enumeration.
There insert the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
start=number
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
where
\emph on
number
\emph default
is the number with which you want to resume the list.
An example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
first item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
second item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Enumeration starting at a given value:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
start=4
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
This enumeration starts at 4
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
List Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Spacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
of a list.
For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
A bullet list
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
with standard spacing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
of the list.
There add the command
\series bold
nolistsep
\series default
to get no additional list space like in this example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
nolistsep
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
A bullet list
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
without additional
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
vertical space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
For more info see its documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
and indentation.
Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
cm so that the number is in the page margin:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
labelindent=
\backslash
parindent, labelsep=2cm
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
An enumeration
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
with negative indentation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Further Customization
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Lists ! Description
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also change the style of description lists.
The command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
font=definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
changes the description label font, the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
style=definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
sets the list style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
An example where the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
font=
\backslash
itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
is used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Ionizing
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
radiation:
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
\backslash
itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
ionizing them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Reference
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are many more commands and features provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
For more info see its documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Letters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Letters
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
: An Overview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Although \SpecialChar LyX
has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
environments called
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
.
To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
in a specific order, otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX
gags on the document.
In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
anything in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Of course, you're not limited to using
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
for letters only.
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
some European academic papers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Usage
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Address-Usage"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Address
\family default
environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
for the opening and signature in some countries.
Similarly, the
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
Here's an example of each:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Right Address
Right Address
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Who I am
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Where I am
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
When is it? What is today?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
That was
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
.
Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which \SpecialChar LyX
sets to fit
the largest block of text on a single line.
Here's an example of the
\family sans
Address
\family default
environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Address
Who are you
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Where do I send this
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Your post office and country
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As you can see, both
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
If you hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
in either of these environments, \SpecialChar LyX
resets the nesting depth and sets the
environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
This makes sense, since
\family sans
Return
\family default
is the
\family typewriter
paragraph-break
\family default
function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
Thus, you have to use
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
or
\family sans
Formatting
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break
\family default
from the
\family sans
Insert
\family default
menu) to start a new line in an
\family sans
Address
\family default
or
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Academic Writing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
or list of references.
\SpecialChar LyX
contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Abstract
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Abstracts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment is used for the abstract of an article.
Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
Also, don't bother trying to nest
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
in anything else or vice versa.
It won't work.
The
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
The book document classes ignores the
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
completely, and it's utterly silly to use
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
in a letter document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment does several things for you.
First, it puts the centered label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
above the text.
The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
space.
Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
the subsequent text.
Well, that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX
screen.
The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Starting a new paragraph by hitting
\family sans
Return
\family default
does not reset the paragraph environment.
The new paragraph will still be in the
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment.
So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
\end_inset
Paragraph in the
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We'd love to give you directly an example of the
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment, but since this document is in the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
class, we can't do this.
We inserted it therefore as figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
\end_inset
.
If you've never heard of an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
before, you can safely ignore this environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment is used to list references.
Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
only use it at the end of the document.
Nesting
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
in anything else or vice versa won't work.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When you first open a
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment, \SpecialChar LyX
adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Bibliography
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
References,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
depending on the document class.
The heading is in a large boldface font.
Each paragraph of the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment is a bibliography entry.
Thus, hitting
\family sans
Return
\family default
does not reset the paragraph environment.
Each new paragraph is still in the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
database.
For more information on that, and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX
's bibliography
handling, have a look at in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\SpecialChar LyX
\family sans
-Code
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph ! \SpecialChar LyX
code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment is another \SpecialChar LyX
extension.
It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
It also treats the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key as a fixed whitespace;
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
In the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment, the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key is treated as a
\family sans
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Blank
\family default
instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_layout
\end_inset
this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in \SpecialChar LyX
.
If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
(the
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
function).
\family sans
Return
\family default
breaks paragraphs.
Note, however, that
\family sans
Return
\family default
does not reset the paragraph environment.
So, when you finish using the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
Also, you can nest the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment inside of others.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are a few quirks with this environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
You can't use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
you can't follow
\family sans
Return
\family default
with a
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
You can't follow a
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
with a
\family sans
Space
\family default
.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Use a
\family sans
Return
\family default
to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
\family sans
Space
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Or: use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
instead.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
You must put at least one
\family sans
Space
\family default
in any line you want blank.
Otherwise, \SpecialChar LaTeX
generates errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
\family sans
"
\family default
since that will insert
\emph on
real
\emph default
quotes.
You get the typewriter double quotes with
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "self-insert \""
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here's an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
#include
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
int main(void)
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
{
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
printf("Hello World!
\backslash
n");
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
return 0;
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This is just the standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Hello world!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
program.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
rc-files, and so on.
Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
as if you used a typewriter.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\end_inset
For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
in the chapter
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Nesting Environments
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nesting ! Environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific propertie
s.
This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
another block.
For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
has two subpoints.
In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
list
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
attached
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to item #2:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
one
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
two
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
sublist – item #1
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
sublist – item #2
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
three
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
\family sans
Increase
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Depth
\family default
or
\family sans
Decrease
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Depth
\family default
from the
\family sans
Edit
\family default
menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
will tell you how far you are nested).
Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
or the convenient key bindings
\family sans
Tab
\family default
and
\family sans
Shift-Tab
\family default
or
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
to change the nesting level.
The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that \SpecialChar LyX
only changes the nesting depth if it can.
If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Nesting isn't limited to lists.
In \SpecialChar LyX
, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about
to find out.
This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
What You Can and Can't Nest
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
complicated than a simple yes or no.
There are three types of paragraph environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Completely unnestable
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
things inside them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
anything into them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
environments have them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Unnestable Can't nest them.
Can't nest into them.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Bibliography
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Abstract
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Title
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Author
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Date
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Fully
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Nestable You can nest them.
You can nest other things into them.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Verse
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Quote
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Quotation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Enumerate
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
List
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
You can't nest anything into them.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Part
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Chapter
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Paragraph
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Subparagraph
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Part*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Chapter*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Section*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Subsection*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Subsubsection*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Address
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
,
\family sans
Section
\family default
, etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
to e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
section headings violate this.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nesting ! Tables etc.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
affected by nesting anyhow.
They are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
equations
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
tables
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
figures
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
(
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Figures and tables in
\family sans
Floats
\family default
are not affected by this.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
for more information about
\family sans
Floats
\family default
.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
it is in goes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
paragraph
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of its own, it behaves just like a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
nestable-inside
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
paragraph environment.
You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
into it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here's an example with a table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Item One
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (a) and it's nested.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
a
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
b
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
c
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
d
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (b).
The table is actually nested inside (a).
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Item One
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
a
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
b
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
c
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
d
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (b).
The table is
\emph on
not
\emph default
nested inside (a).
In fact, it's not nested at all.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
item of a new list!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
deep enough.
\SpecialChar LyX
then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Item One
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
a
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
b
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
c
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
d
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (b).
The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
\emph on
not
\emph default
inside (a).
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
new list
\emph on
inside
\emph default
item 1.
The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
depth!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Usage and General Features
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Speaking of levels, \SpecialChar LyX
can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
In other words,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
level #6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is the innermost possible depth.
Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
level #1 – outermost
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
level #2
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
level #3
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
level #4
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
level #5
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
level #6
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
both of them in the example.
Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
nesting with the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
and
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environments.
For example, if we tried to nest another
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
list inside item
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
A.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, we would get errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Some Examples
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Nesting ! Examples
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
We have several examples of nested environments.
In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#1-a This is the outermost level.
It's a
\family sans
List
\family default
environment.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#2-a This is level #2.
We created it by using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
followed by
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#3-a This is level #3.
This time, we just hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
, then used
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
twice in a row.
We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
by hitting
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
followed by
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
This is actually a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment, nested inside of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
So, it's at level #4.
We did this by hitting
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
, then
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
, then changing the paragraph environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
for the
\family sans
Description
\family default
,
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
, and
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environments!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here's another
\family sans
Standard
\family default
paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#4-a This is level #4.
We hit
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
and changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
List
\family default
.
Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
However, we
\emph on
can
\emph default
keep nesting things inside
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar ldots
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#6-a \SpecialChar ldots
and this is level #6.
By now, you should know how we made these two.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#5-b Back to level #5.
Just hit
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
followed by a
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#4-b After another
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
followed by a
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
, we're back at level #4.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#3-b Back to level #3.
By now it should be obvious how we did this.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#2-b Back to level #2.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
After this sentence, we'll hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
and change the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
to end the list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We could have also used the
\family sans
Description
\family default
,
\family sans
Quote
\family default
,
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
, or even the
\family sans
Verse
\family default
environment in place of the
\family sans
List
\family default
environment.
The example would have worked exactly the same.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example 2: Inheritance
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
This is the \SpecialChar LyX
-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
level.
Now we'll hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
, then
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
, after which, we'll change to the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment, at level #2.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Notice how the nested
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
), but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
We ended this example by hitting
\family sans
Return
\family default
.
After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
and reset the nesting depth by using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
once.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
and
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
Environments
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #1, in an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
paragraph environment.
We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #2.
We used
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
followed by
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
.
Now, what happens if we nest an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
label be? An asterisk?
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
No! It's a bullet.
This is the
\emph on
first
\emph default
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment, even though it's at level #3.
So, its label is a bullet.
(We got here by using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
, then
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
, then changing the environment to
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
.)
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
Here's level #4, produced using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
, then
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
.
We'll do that again\SpecialChar ldots
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\SpecialChar ldots
to get to level #5.
This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
.
Notice the type of numbering, it is
\emph on
lowercase Roman
\emph default
, because we are in the
\emph on
thirdfold
\emph default
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
it is an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
inside an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
inside an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
What happens if we
\emph on
don't
\emph default
change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX
use?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Let's use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
to decrease the depth after the next
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #4.
Look what type of label \SpecialChar LyX
is using!
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #3.
Even though we've changed levels, \SpecialChar LyX
is still using a lowercase Roman numeral
as the label.Why?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
\emph on
still
\emph default
a thirdfold
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
Notice, however, that \SpecialChar LyX
\emph on
did
\emph default
reset the counter for the label.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Another
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
sequence, and we're back to level #2.
This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
into the twofold-nested
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
The same thing happens if we do another
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Lastly, we reset the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
\SpecialChar LyX
uses for the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
and
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environments.
The number of other
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environments surrounding it determines what kind of label \SpecialChar LyX
uses for an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
item.
The same rule applies for the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment, as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Example 4: Going Bonkers
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
We're going to go totally nuts now.
We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
same detail with how we did it.
(level #1:
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
)
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
(
\family sans
Return,
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\family sans
, Standard
\family default
: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
example in parentheses someplace.
For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
The environment name is the name of the current environment.
Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
(
\family sans
Return, Enumerate
\family default
: level #1) This is the next item in the list.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
Now we'll add verse.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
It will get much worse.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
(
\family sans
Return,
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\family sans
, Verse
\family default
: level #2)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Bippitey boppitey boo!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\family sans
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
Here comes a table:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
one-fish
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
two-fish
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
red-fish
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
blue-fish
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\family sans
, Table,
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
3 times,
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\family sans
, Verse,
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
(
\family sans
Return, Enumerate
\family default
: level #1) This is another item.
Note that selecting a
\family sans
Table
\family default
resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
3 times to put the table inside the
\family sans
Verse
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
We're now ending the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
list and changing to
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
.
We're still at level #1.
We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
The next set of paragraphs is a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
quoted letter.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
We'll nest both the
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
environments inside of this one, then use another nested
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
for the letter body.
We'll use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
to preserve the depth.
Remember that you need to use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
to create multiple lines inside the
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
environments.
Here it goes:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Right Address
1234 Nowhere Rd.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Moosegroin, MT 00100
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
9-6-96
\end_layout
\begin_layout Address
Dear Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Fizlewitz:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
a backlog in our orders for methane.
We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
as soon as possible.
In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
We do, however, now have a special on beef.
If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
with your order, along with payment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
We thank you again for your patience.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Address
Sincerely,
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Bill Hick
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Quotation
That ends that example!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As you can see, nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX
gives you a lot of power with just
a few keystrokes.
We could have easily nested an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list inside of a
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
or
\family sans
Quote
\family default
, or put a
\family sans
Quote
\family default
inside of an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list.
You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Spacing, pagination and line breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, \SpecialChar LyX
offers you
more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot be
broken at the end of a line.
The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
useful.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Protected Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! Protected
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The protected space: It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX
(and \SpecialChar LaTeX
) not to break the line at
that point.
This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
Further documentation is given in section
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
A protected space is set with
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Protected
\bar under
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\bar default
Space
\family default
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Horizontal Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Horizontal
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Horizontal Space
\family default
.
The length units are listed in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Inter-word Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! Inter-word
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some languages (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
ntence punctuation mark, and \SpecialChar LyX
honors those conventions (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
).
Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "space-insert normal"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Thin Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! Thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
thin space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
protected
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
inside abbreviations:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
D.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
E.
Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
or between values and units.
Compare for example this:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
10
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
kg (thin space)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
10 kg (normal space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
More Spaces
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:More-Spaces"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can furthermore insert the following space types:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Negative
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
space A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
Negative thin space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Enspace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \enskip{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
Enspace (0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Quad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \quad{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
Quad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
QQuad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \qquad{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
QQuad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Custom
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
space A line with
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hspace{}
\length 2cm
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
cm space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Width-of-the"
\end_inset
lists the different space sizes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Width-of-the"
\end_inset
Width of the different horizontal spaces.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Space
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Width
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Normal
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/3
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Protected
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/3
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Negative thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1/6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Enspace (0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Quad (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
QQuad (2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Horizontal Fills
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Fills
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special \SpecialChar LyX
feature for adding extra space
in a uniform fashion.
An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
the remaining space between the left and right margins.
If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
equally between themselves.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here a few examples what you can do with them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
This is on the left side
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
This is on the right
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
Left
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
Middle
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
Right
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
Left
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
1/3 Left
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
Right
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
That was an example in the
\family sans
Quote
\family default
environment.
Here
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
is one in a standard paragraph.
It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
\emph on
is
\emph default
sitting in-between the two arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
\family sans
Fill
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Pattern
\family default
in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Dots:
\begin_inset space \dotfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Rule:
\begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Left arrow:
\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Right arrow:
\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Up brace:
\begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Down brace:
\begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
\emph on
not
\emph default
in the first line in a paragraph, \SpecialChar LyX
ignores it.
This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
If you need space in this case anyway, set the
\family sans
Protect
\family default
option in the space dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Phantom Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Phantom-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Phantom
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
you want to create the following multiple choice question:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
What is correct English?:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Edge would have been jumps the gun.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Mr.
Edge
\end_layout
\end_inset
has to be jumped
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Mr.
Edge
\end_layout
\end_inset
jumps
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Edge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Phantom
\family default
.
In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
lines and insert
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Edge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
into the phantom inset (note the space after
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Edge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
That is why it is named
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
phantom
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
dimension.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Vertical Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Vertical-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Vertical
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
dialog.
There you find the following sizes:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
SmallSkip
\family default
,
\family sans
MedSkip
\family default
and
\family sans
BigSkip
\family default
are \SpecialChar LaTeX
sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
\family sans
DefSkip
\family default
is the skip adjusted in the dialog
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
for the paragraph separation.
If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
\family sans
DefSkip
\family default
is equal to
\family sans
MedSkip
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
VFill
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spacing ! Fills
\end_layout
\end_inset
is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
between them.
Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s work like
\family sans
HFill
\family default
s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
HFill
\family default
s are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
If there are several
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
You can therefore use
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Custom
\family default
are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
\series medium
When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
\family sans
Protect
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Alignment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can change the paragraph alignment with the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph Settings
\family default
dialog.
There are five possibilities:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Justified
\family default
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Left
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Right
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Center
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Default
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
the left and right margins.
The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align right
This paragraph is right aligned,
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
this one is centered,
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align left
this one is left aligned.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Forced Page Breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Page breaks ! Forced
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you don't like the way \SpecialChar LaTeX
does the pagebreaks in your document, you can
force a page break where you want one.
Normally this will not be necessary, because \SpecialChar LaTeX
is good at page breaking.
Only if you use a lot of
\family sans
Floats
\family default
, \SpecialChar LaTeX
's page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
until you have checked in the preview to see if you
\emph on
really
\emph default
have to change the page breaking.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
action.
This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page
\family default
.
The second type, that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break
\family default
, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
the complete page.
This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
on which only the last few lines are absent.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
at the top of a page.
This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
\SpecialChar LyX
gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
See chapter
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
to learn more about
\family sans
Floats
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Clear Page Breaks
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Page breaks ! Clear
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
it, if necessary by adding pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert a clear page break with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page
\family default
.
When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page
\family default
to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Forced Line Breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Line breaks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
breaks the line.
You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break
\family default
or with
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
Another type that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Justified
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break
\family default
breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
the page margins.
This is necessary to avoid
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
fringes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialChar LaTeX
's line breaking, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
is
very good at line breaking.
There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
set a line break, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
in a poem or for an address (see sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Quote"
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Verse"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Address-Usage"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Horizontal Lines
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Horizontal lines
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset CommandInset line
LatexCommand rule
offset "0.5ex"
width "100line%"
height "1pt"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the dialog
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\family default
you can insert horizontal lines.
The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
of the current text line or the paragraph.
The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\begin_inset CommandInset line
LatexCommand rule
offset "0.5ex"
width "100line%"
height "1pt"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Characters and Symbols
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
See section
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
\end_inset
for information on how this is done.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
can use the
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
dialog via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
Symbols
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX
's preferences.
But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Fonts and Text Styles
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Font Types
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Font ! Types
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are two types of fonts:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Vector
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Fonts ! Vector-
\end_layout
\end_inset
are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
characters) in the font.
This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
well suited for scaling to any requested size.
This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
sizes than at small ones.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The font types
\family typewriter
TrueType
\family default
,
\family typewriter
OpenType
\family default
, and
\family typewriter
Type
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1
\family default
are vector fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Bitmap
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Fonts ! Bitmap-
\end_layout
\end_inset
on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
picture manipulation program.
In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
fonts.
The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Bitmap fonts are named
\family typewriter
Type
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3
\family default
in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
use scalable fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
its document properties.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
font to emphasize text, you use an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
emphasized style
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
instead.
This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialChar LyX
.
In \SpecialChar LyX
, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\SpecialChar LaTeX
font support
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Traditionally, \SpecialChar LaTeX
uses its own fonts.
That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution.
The reason is that \SpecialChar LaTeX
needs some extra information about the fonts, which
have to be provided by additional files and packages.
The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
to usual word processors.
On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
are generally of very good quality, and that \SpecialChar LaTeX
files are very portable across
different machines.
Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX
was increased a lot
meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial fonts.
In \SpecialChar LyX
, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
(see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Document-Font"
\end_inset
for details).
However, all others are available if you enter the respective \SpecialChar LaTeX
code in
the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
font).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Furthermore, recent developments brought some new \SpecialChar LaTeX
engines that are also
able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system
(OS), namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX
and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
.
Both engines are now supported by \SpecialChar LyX
.
By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
that is installed on your system.
The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
es; so you might have to experiment.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
and especially Lua\SpecialChar TeX
, are still rather new and thus not as mature as tradition
al \SpecialChar LaTeX
or PDF\SpecialChar TeX
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Font and Font size
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Document-Font"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Font ! Size
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can set the document fonts in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
dialog.
There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
font shapes roman (serif),
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
, and
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
and its scalings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The possible options for the font include
\family sans
default
\family default
and a list of fonts available on your system.
\family sans
default
\family default
uses the standard \SpecialChar TeX
fonts, known as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
) or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
European Computer Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
and
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
\family typewriter
Adobe
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Reader
\family default
version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
renderer.
\end_layout
\end_inset
To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
There are three ways to use one:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
select the
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
/
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
.
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
was developed for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
community in order to replace
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
as the default font.
It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
looks identical to
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
.;
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
One difference is improved kerning.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
or select the
\family sans
AE
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(Almost
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
European)
\family default
fonts in (the rare) case that
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
the look of
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
/
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
.
\family typewriter
AE
\family default
is a virtual font.
Virtual means that it
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
steals
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
outline
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
-glyphs from other fonts.
This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
guillemets (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
«
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
»
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Loading the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
aeguill
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! aeguill
\end_layout
\end_inset
with the document preamble line
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series default
will fix the guillemet problem.
\end_layout
\end_inset
and that accented characters are not
\emph on
one
\emph default
glyph, but build of
\emph on
two
\emph default
characters, the accent and the letter.
Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
using the
\family typewriter
AE
\family default
fonts.
If you search for example for the French word
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
rève
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
the glyph
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
è
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and not for the glyph
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
e +
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
̀
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
If you do not like the look of
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
/
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
or
\family typewriter
\family sans
Palatino
\family default
.
Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif and typewriter fonts
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
selects
\family sans
Helvetica
\family default
for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
a real font
\emph on
family
\emph default
(e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
in case of
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
oder
\family sans
Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
).
\end_layout
\end_inset
, but you can also select your own.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The differences between roman,
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
, and
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
fonts are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The font
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
was originally designed for newspapers.
That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
into the small newspaper columns.
Therefore
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For the font size there are four possible values:
\family sans
default, 10
\family default
,
\family sans
11
\family default
, and
\family sans
12
\family default
.
The size of
\family sans
default
\family default
depends on your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The font sizes are the
\emph on
base size
\emph default
.
That means that \SpecialChar LyX
scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used
in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog if needed.
The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The field
\family sans
CJK
\family default
allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
a font to display the script characters.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The font will be the argument for the commands of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
.
So this has no effect for the document language
\family sans
Japanese
\family default
that doesn't use
\series bold
CJK
\series default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
When you choose a new font or font size, \SpecialChar LyX
does
\emph on
not
\emph default
change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
\SpecialChar LyX
's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Using Different Character Styles
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Character Styles
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Text Style
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As we've already seen, \SpecialChar LyX
automatically changes the character style for certain
paragraph environments.
\SpecialChar LyX
supports two character styles,
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
and
\family sans
Noun
\family default
.
You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To activate the
\family sans
Noun
\family default
style, do one of the following:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
click on the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
use the key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
These commands are all toggles.
That is, if
\family sans
Noun
\family default
style is already active, they deactivate it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
One typically uses the
\family sans
Noun
\family default
style for proper names.
For example:
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\noun on
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default
is the original author of \SpecialChar LyX
.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A more widely used character style is the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
style.
You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
style by:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
clicking on the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
using the keybindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Normally the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages
use a different font.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We've been using the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
style all over the place in this document.
Here's one more example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\emph on
Don't overuse character styles!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It's also a warning in addition to an example.
One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
the common tendency to overuse character style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
or the dialog
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Fine-Tuning with the Text Style dialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Text Style
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
\SpecialChar LyX
gives you a way to create a custom character style.
For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
from ordinary dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To use custom character styles, open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog or press the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
.
There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
font property which you can choose.
You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
change
\family default
, which keeps the current state of that property.
The item
\family sans
Reset
\family default
will reset the property to whatever is the default.
You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
environments in a snap.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The font properties, and their options (in addition to
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
change
\family default
and
\family sans
Reset
\family default
) are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Family
\family default
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
overall look
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of the font.
The possible options are:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Roman
\family default
This is the Roman font family.
Normally a serif font.
It's also the default family.
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-roman"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Serif
\family default
\family sans
This is the Sans Serif font family.
\family default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-sans"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
\family typewriter
This is the Typewriter font family.
\family default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-typewriter"
\end_inset
\family sans
)
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Series
\family default
This corresponds to the print weight.
Options are:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Medium
\family default
This is the Medium font series.
It's also the default series.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Bold
\family default
\series bold
This is the Bold font series.
\series default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-bold"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Shape
\family default
As the name implies.
Options are:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Upright
\family default
This is the Upright font shape.
It's also the default shape.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Italic
\family default
\shape italic
This
\shape default
\family sans
\shape italic
i
\family default
s the Italic font shape
\shape default
\emph on
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Slanted
\family default
\shape slanted
This is the Slanted font shape
\shape default
(although it might not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX
, this is different from italic).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Small
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Caps
\family default
\shape smallcaps
This is the Small caps font shape
\shape default
\noun on
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Size
\family default
Alters the size of the font.
You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
nal to the document font size.
Once again, you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX
the details, but a general description of what
you want to do.
The options are:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Tiny
\family default
\size tiny
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Tiny
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size tiny"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Smallest
\family default
\size scriptsize
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Smallest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size
\size default
.
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-size scriptsize"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Smaller
\family default
\size footnotesize
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Smaller
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size footnotesize"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Small
\family default
\size small
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size small"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Normal
\family default
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
It's also the default size.
(key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size normal"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Large
\family default
\size large
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Large
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size large"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Larger
\family default
\size larger
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Larger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size larger"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Largest
\family default
\size largest
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-size largest"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Huge
\family default
\size huge
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size huge"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Huger
\family default
\size giant
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Huger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size giant"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
We warn you
\emph on
yet again
\emph default
: don't go crazy with this feature.
You should almost never need to change the font size.
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
— use that instead.
This is here for fine-tuning only!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Misc
\family default
Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
Options are:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Emph
\family default
\emph on
This is text with emphasize on
\emph default
.
This might seem like the same as
\shape italic
Italic
\shape default
, but it is actually a bit different.
Emphasized is a
\emph on
logical
\emph default
attribute.
That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
text.
Normally this font is equal to italic.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Underbar
\family default
\bar under
This is text with Underbar on.
\bar default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-underline"
\end_inset
\family sans
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
when you couldn't change fonts.
We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
It is only included in \SpecialChar LyX
because some people
\emph on
may
\emph default
need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
underbar
\family default
This is text with Double underbar on.
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-underunderline"
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
about double underbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Wavy
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
underbar
\family default
This is text with Wavy underbar on.
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-underwave"
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
Keep antinausea pills handy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Strikeout
\family default
\strikeout on
This is text with Strikeout on.
\strikeout default
(key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-strikeout"
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has since
changed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Noun
\family default
\noun on
This is text with Noun on.
\noun default
Like
\family sans
Emph
\family default
, this is a logical attribute.
Normally it's equivalent to
\family sans
Small
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Caps
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Color
\family default
You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
Besides
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
color
\family default
, which is the default
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
color
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and means normally black, you can choose between
\family sans
Black
\family default
,
\family sans
White
\family default
,
\family sans
Red
\family default
,
\family sans
Green
\family default
,
\family sans
Blue
\family default
,
\family sans
Cyan
\family default
,
\family sans
Magenta
\family default
and
\family sans
Yellow
\family default
text.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Color ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Language
\family default
This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
the language of the document.
Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
(only within \SpecialChar LyX
).
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, \SpecialChar LaTeX
respects
the German hyphenation rules automatically.
When using the spell checking (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"
\end_inset
) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
Once you've chosen a new character style via the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog, the settings are saved.
You can activate them using the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
.
The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
when the dialog isn't visible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To completely reset the character style to the default, use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
.
If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
(suppose you just set the shape to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
slanted
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and the series to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
bold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
), set the
\family sans
Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
all
\family default
switch and press
\family sans
Apply
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You should also know something about the differences between the three main
font types
\family sans
serif
\family default
,
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
, and
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
is a so called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
monospaced
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font, that means every character has the same width, the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
i
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is as wide as the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
m
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
Here is an example
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
no
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family typewriter
typewriter text
\family default
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
For more on phantoms see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:More-Spaces"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
no typewriter text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Serif
\family default
fonts use characters with serifs.
These are the small
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
appendices
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
The following example will show the difference:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
text with serifs
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
text without serifs
\family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
These fonts are therefore used as default (named
\family sans
roman
\family default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Sans serif
\family default
don't use serifs.
This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Printing and Previewing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
using \SpecialChar LyX
, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
goes on behind-the-scenes.
We cover this information in much greater detail in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the program \SpecialChar LaTeX
as its backend.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
is just a macro package for the \SpecialChar TeX
typesetting system, but to prevent confusion,
we'll only refer to \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
\SpecialChar LyX
is what you use to do your actual writing.
Then, \SpecialChar LyX
calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
to turn your writing into printable output.
This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
First, \SpecialChar LyX
converts your document to a series of text commands for \SpecialChar LaTeX
, generating
a file with the extension,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Next, \SpecialChar LaTeX
uses the commands in the
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
file to produce printable output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Output file formats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
ASCII
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! ASCII
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.txt
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
American Standard Code for Information Interchange
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(ASCII).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
ASCII
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! \SpecialChar LaTeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and contains all commands that are necessary for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
program to process
your document.
If you know \SpecialChar LaTeX
, you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX
-Errors or to process it manually
with console commands.
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
-file is automatically created in \SpecialChar LyX
's temporary directory whenever you
view or export your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document as \SpecialChar LaTeX
-file using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
eX
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
DVI
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! DVI
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.dvi
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It is called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
device-independent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
like PostScript.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
you view the DVI.
So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to DVI by the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
PostScript
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! PostScript
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.ps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
PostScript was developed by the company
\family typewriter
Adobe
\family default
as a printer language.
The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
file.
PostScript can be seen as a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
programming language
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
pstricks
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! pstricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
PostScript can only contain images in the format
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Encapsulated PostScript
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(EPS, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.eps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
As \SpecialChar LyX
allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to
convert them in the background to EPS.
If you have e.g 50
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX
has to do 50
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
conversions whenever you view or export your document.
This will slow down your workflow with \SpecialChar LyX
drastically.
So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
PostScript
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
PDF
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
File formats ! PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.pdf
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Portable Document Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(PDF) developed by
\family typewriter
Adobe
\family default
was derived from PostScript.
It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
As the name
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
portable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
looks exactly the same.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Joint Photographic Experts Group
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(JPG, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.jpg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.jpeg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(PNG, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.png
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
You can although use any other image format, because \SpecialChar LyX
converts them in
the background to one of these formats.
But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
will slow down your workflow.
So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to PDF via the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export
\family default
in three different ways:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF This uses the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
The PostScript-version is produced by the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
So this export variant consist of three conversions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(dvipdfm) This uses the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
PDF.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex) This uses the program pdftex that converts your file directly
to PDF.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(XeTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
X) This uses the program Xe\SpecialChar TeX
that converts your file directly to PDF.
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for
direct font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
).
It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
X) This uses the program Lua\SpecialChar TeX
that converts your file directly to PDF.
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
is an even newer engine, derived from pdflatex, that also provides
direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
).
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
\SpecialChar TeX
processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We recommend to use
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
because
\family typewriter
pdftex
\family default
supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
works without problems.
The program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
XHTML
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
FileFormats ! XHTML
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
HTML
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.xhtml
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
when \SpecialChar LyX
produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
suitable for the purpose.
Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
it, but not all do.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
XHTML output remains
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
under development
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, and not all \SpecialChar LyX
features are supported yet.
See the chapter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LyX
and the World Wide Web
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual, for more information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
\SpecialChar LyX
HTML
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Previewing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
\family sans
Document
\family default
and choose
\family sans
View
\family default
or use the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-view"
\end_inset
.
A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
(see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Output"
\end_inset
).
Further output formats can be selected via
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
View (Other Formats)
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../../images/view-others.svgz
scale 85
groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
viewer window using the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update
\family default
or
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update (Other Formats)
\family default
, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX
's temporary
directory.
To have a real output, export your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
A few Words about Typography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphens
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hyphens
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In \SpecialChar LyX
, the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
character comes in four lengths: the
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
, the
\emph on
en dash
\emph default
, the
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
, and the minus sign:
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
name
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
output
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
inserted with
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
hyphen
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
en dash
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
–
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
Symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
em dash
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
—
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
Symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
minus sign
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $-$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in math mode
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
character multiple times in a row.
They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
the final output, but not in \SpecialChar LyX
.
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
gives a en dash,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
a em dash.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
math mode and has a length of its own.
Here are some examples of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
in use:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
line- and page-breaks
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
(
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
From A–Z
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
(
\emph on
en dash
\emph default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Oh — there's a dash.
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
(
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
(
\emph on
minus sign
\emph default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphenation
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hyphenation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Words aren't hyphenated within \SpecialChar LyX
but automatically in the output.
Hyphenation is done by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
babel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
following the rules of the document language
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
\family sans
German
\family default
and
\family sans
German
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(new
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
spelling)
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LaTeX
hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
font and with unusual constructs, like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
h3knix/m0n0wall
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
If \SpecialChar LaTeX
can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
This is done with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Point
\family default
.
These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
If no hyphenation is necessary, \SpecialChar LaTeX
will ignore them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
in the form
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
A-b c
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
would then see the hyphen
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
as a hyphenation possibility.
Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
as described in section
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Prevent Hyphenation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of the
\emph on
EmbeddedObjects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Punctuation Marks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Punctuation marks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Abbreviations and End of Sentence
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When \SpecialChar LyX
calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
to generate the final version of your document, \SpecialChar LaTeX
automatically
distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
then adds the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
appropriate amount of space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
the next word.
Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
not work in all cases.
If a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here are some examples of
\emph on
correct
\emph default
abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
M.
Butterfly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Don't worry.
Be happy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
this is too much space!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
This is I.
It's okay.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To fix this problem, use one of the following:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Use an
\family sans
Inter-word
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
after lowercase abbreviations (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
).
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! inter-word
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Use a
\family sans
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
).
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Spaces ! thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Use an
\family sans
End
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
sentence
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
period
\family default
found under the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Character
\family default
menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
This function is also bound to
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
\end_inset
for easy access.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
this is too much space!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
This is I\SpecialChar endofsentence
It's okay.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because \SpecialChar LaTeX
will take care of this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
Check out the
\family sans
Check
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
feature described in section
\emph on
Checking \SpecialChar TeX
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Quotes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography ! Quotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Quotes | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Typography
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
usually sets quotes correctly.
Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
and use a closing quote at the end.
For example,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
open close
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The keyboard character,
\family sans
"
\family default
, generates this automatically.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can change the behavior of the
\family sans
"
\family default
key using the submenu
\family sans
Language
\family default
of the dialog
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
\family sans
Type
\family default
option.
There are six choices:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Text
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family default
Use quotes like this
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
double
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
single
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
Text
\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
\family default
Use quotes like
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
or 'this
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
Text
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
\family default
Use quotes like
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes gls
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
Text
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
\family default
Use quotes like
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes pls
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
Text
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
\family default
Use quotes like
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
Text
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
\family default
Use quotes like
\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset
this
\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
These settings affect what character the
\family sans
"
\family default
key produces.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Ligatures
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography ! Ligatures
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ligatures | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Typography
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Ligatures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
print them as single characters.
These groups are known as
\emph on
ligatures
\emph default
.
Since \SpecialChar LaTeX
knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the
output.
Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
ff
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
fi
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
fl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
ffi
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
ffl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
While a ligature may be okay in the word,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
graffiti,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
it looks really weird in compound words, such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cufflink
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or the German
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Dorffest.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
To break a ligature, use
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break.
\family default
This changes
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cufflinks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
links
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Dorffest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
fest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\SpecialChar LyX
and \SpecialChar LaTeX
logos
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
! Proper names
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Via
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special Characters
\family default
, \SpecialChar LyX
provides the following program logos with special formatting:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\SpecialChar LyX
The name of the game.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\SpecialChar TeX
The typesetting engine used by \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\SpecialChar LaTeX
The \SpecialChar TeX
macro colletion used by \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\SpecialChar LaTeX2e
The current version of \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX
version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
2
\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX
world to give programs geek version numbers.
For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX
converges to the number
\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
: The actual version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar TeX
-3.141592
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, the previous one was
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar TeX
-3.14159
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Units
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography ! Units
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
space between two words.
As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
smaller.
To get such a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
half space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for units use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here's an example to show the differences:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
24
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
kW
\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
h
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
space between number and unit
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
24
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
kW
\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
h
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
half space between number and unit
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Widows and Orphans
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Typography ! Widows and orphans
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
happened to end.
There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
These bits of text became known as
\emph on
widows
\emph default
and
\emph on
orphans
\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX
can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there to
specifically prevent widows and orphans.
This is the advantage \SpecialChar LyX
has in using \SpecialChar LaTeX
as its backend.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There's no way we can go into how \SpecialChar TeX
and \SpecialChar LaTeX
decide to break a page, or how you
can tweak that behavior.
Some \SpecialChar LaTeX
books listed in the bibliography [such as
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexguide"
\end_inset
] may have more information.
You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\emph default
manual.
There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as \SpecialChar LaTeX
-comment,
when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
via the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(xxx)
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Comment
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX
-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
set in the document settings under
\family sans
Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
Greyed-out
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
notes
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is text
\begin_inset Foot
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
\end_layout
\end_inset
of a comment that appears in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Note
\family default
.
Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Footnotes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Footnotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Footnotes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Footnote
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
,
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
you will see
\family default
\series default
\bar default
the following box:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/footnote.png
scale 80
\end_inset
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
This box is \SpecialChar LyX
's representation of your footnote.
If you
\family default
\series default
\bar default
left-click on
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
foot
\family roman
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family default
\series default
\bar default
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
label, the box will
\family default
\series default
\bar default
be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
Clicking on the box label again, will close
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
the
\family default
\series default
\bar default
box
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
.
If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
on the footnote
\family default
\series default
\bar default
toolbar
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
button
\family default
\series default
\bar default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example footnote:
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
\begin_inset Foot
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
position where the footnote box is placed.
The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX
.
The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
in.
\SpecialChar LyX
doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other schemes
using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands.
T
\family roman
h
\family default
ey are described in the
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Marginal Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Marginal notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX
.
When you insert a margin note via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Marginal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
, you will see a box with the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
appearing within your text.
This box is \SpecialChar LyX
's representation of your marginal note.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
At the side is an example marginal note.
\begin_inset Marginal
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is a marginal note.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
pages, right on odd pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For further information about marginal notes see section
\emph on
Margin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Notes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Graphics and Images
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Images
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Graphics
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Graphics"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
you want and click on the toolbar icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
or select
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
from the menu.
Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
The
\family sans
Graphics
\family default
tab allows you to choose your image file.
The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
factor.
The scaling units are explained in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the tab
\family sans
Clipping
\family default
it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
of the image in the output.
The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
\family sans
Get
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
from
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
file
\family default
.
The option
\family sans
Clip
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
bounding
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
box
\family default
will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
the tab
\family sans
Clipping
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LaTeX
and \SpecialChar LyX
options
\family default
tab \SpecialChar LaTeX
experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
options.
You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX
.
The option
\family sans
Draft
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mode
\family default
has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
with the image size is printed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
in the text.
This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
scale 70
rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
the image into a float, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Image Formats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Images ! Formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert images in any known file format.
But as we explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
\SpecialChar LyX
uses therefore the program
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
in the background to convert the images to the right format.
To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Bitmap
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
Well-known bitmap image formats are
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Graphics Interchange Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(GIF, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.gif
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
GIF|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(PNG, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.png
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
PNG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
, and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Joint Photographic Experts Group
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(JPG, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.jpg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.jpeg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
JPG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Scalable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
data loss.
The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Scalable image formats can be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Scalable Vector Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(SVG, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.svg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
SVG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Encapsulated PostScript
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(EPS, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.eps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
EPS|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
, and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Portable Document Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(PDF, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.pdf
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
image
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
versa.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Grouping of Image Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Images ! Settings grouping
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
group.
Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
the same way.
So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
need to manually change each of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A new group can be set by entering a name in the
\family sans
Group
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Name
\family default
field in the Graphics dialog.
Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
by checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Tables
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\family default
.
A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
from the rest of the table.
This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
them.
Here's an example table:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
3
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
A
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
B
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\size normal
\noun off
\color none
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
C
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
The Table dialog
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
brings up the table dialog.
Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
where the cursor is placed currently.
Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Additionally to the table dialog, the
\family sans
table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
toolbar
\family default
helps you in setting table properties.
It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the tab
\family sans
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
current cell respectively.
The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
is given.
A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
of text, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
using the check box
\family sans
Multicolumn
\family default
or
\family sans
Multirow
\family default
.
This will merge the cells to
\emph on
one
\emph default
cell, spread over more than one column/row.
Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
in the last row without the upper border:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
abc
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
def ghi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
jkl
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
A
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
B
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
C
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
D
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
3
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
4
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-arguments for the table.
They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
explained in the tables section of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
degrees counterclockwise.
These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX
but in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Most DVI-viewers are
\emph on
not
\emph default
able to display rotations.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Borders
\family default
tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
The button
\family sans
Default
\family default
adds lines for all cell borders.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Longtables
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tables ! Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
long
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
table
\family default
in the tab
\family sans
Longtable
\family default
of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
Header
\family default
: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
except for the first page, if
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
header
\family default
is defined.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
header
\family default
: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
Footer
\family default
: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
except for the last page, if
\family sans
Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
footer
\family default
is defined.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
footer
\family default
: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Caption
\family default
.
More about longtable captions can be found in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also specify a row where the table is split.
If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
The others will then be defined as
\emph on
empty
\emph default
.
In this context, first means first in this order:
\family sans
Footer, Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
footer,
\family default
\family sans
Header,
\family default
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
header.
\family default
See the following longtable to see how it works:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
continue ...
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
999
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
End
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Table Cells
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Tables ! Cells
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Table-Cells"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
\family sans
Section*
\family default
, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
for the cell's paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
for the column in the table dialog.
Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
An example:
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
3
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
4
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
5
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
6
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
7
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
8
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
This is a multi-line entry in a table.
This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
9
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
You can cut and paste even more than one row.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Selection with the mouse or with
\family sans
Shift
\family default
plus the arrow keys works as usual.
You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
have a fixed location.
It can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
float
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
\family sans
Footnotes
\family default
and
\family sans
Margin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Notes
\family default
are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
too many notes on the page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
and pages without text.
As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
, every float can be referenced in the text.
Floats are therefore numbered.
Referencing is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To insert a float, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Floats
\family default
.
A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
the output.
After the label you can insert the caption text.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Floats ! Captions
\end_layout
\end_inset
The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
paragraph within the float.
To keep your \SpecialChar LyX
-document readable, you can open and close the float box by
left-clicking on the box label.
A closed float box looks like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/float.png
scale 80
\end_inset
– a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Examples
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Figure Floats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Floats ! Figure floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cap:Platypus"
\end_inset
was created using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
Figure
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
.
The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
.
The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
in front of or behind the image and using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
lyxscale 50
width 50col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "cap:Platypus"
\end_inset
A severely distorted platypus in a float.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
to it.
As described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
and refer to it using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
.
It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
references like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
the figure above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
will reposition the floats in the final document, it might
not be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
at all.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
You can also set the images one below the other.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Undefinable"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Platypus"
\end_inset
are the subfigures.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Undefinable"
\end_inset
Undefinable
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
width 45col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Platypus"
\end_inset
Platypus
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
lyxscale 60
width 45col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
Two distorted images.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Table Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Floats ! Table floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Table floats can be inserted using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\family default
or the toolbar botton
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
.
They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
label.
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cap:Table-float"
\end_inset
is a table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "cap:Table-float"
\end_inset
A table float.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
3
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Joe
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Mary
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ted
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
a & b\\
c & d
\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
More Information
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Floats ! Details
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
caption.
All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
\emph on
Floats
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Minipages
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Minipages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Minipages"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LaTeX
provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, called
minipage.
Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
apply.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX
have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Box
\family default
.
Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
and its alignment within the page.
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "30col%"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\shape italic
This is a minipage.
The text is set in an italic style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\shape italic
Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
another formatting.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
\family sans
Horizontal Fills
\family default
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
to other box types.
All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
\emph on
Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
Mathematical Formulas
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Formulas | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Math
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Basic Math Editing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Basics
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-mode on"
\end_inset
.
That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
corners.
That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math
\family default
menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
with the
\family sans
math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
toolbar
\family default
, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
line, like this one:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This is a line with an inline formula
\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
in it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
, like this one:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
A=B
\]
\end_inset
You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
supports also many \SpecialChar LaTeX
math commands.
E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
alpha
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
.
So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Navigating in Formulas
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Navigating
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
achieved with the arrow keys.
\SpecialChar LyX
uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
\family default
will leave a formula construct (a square root
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
, or parentheses
\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
\end_inset
, or a matrix
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
).
Pressing
\family sans
Escape
\family default
will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
\family sans
Tab
\family default
can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Space
\family default
, printed in this document as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
space character (visible space).
\end_layout
\end_inset
, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
For this reason, you have to be careful about using
\family sans
Space
\family default
.
For example, if you want
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
, type
\series bold
\backslash
sqrt
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
2x+1
\series default
and not
\series bold
\backslash
sqrt
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
2x
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+1
\series default
, since in the latter case only the
\family typewriter
\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset
\family default
will be under the square root sign:
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
in, such as:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
\lambda_{1}\\
& \ddots\\
& & \lambda_{n}
\end{array}\right)
\]
\end_inset
If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Selecting Text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
\family sans
Shift
\family default
and a cursor movement key to select text.
It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Exponents and Subscripts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Exponents
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Subscripts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-superscript"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-subscript"
\end_inset
), but it is often much easier to use a command.
To get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
, type in a formula
\series bold
x^2
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
\series default
.
The final
\family sans
Space
\family default
puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
If you type
\series bold
x^2y
\series default
, you will get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
\end_inset
, to get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
, type
\series bold
x^2
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
y
\series default
.
If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
circumflex
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
^
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, you have to use an extra
\family sans
Space
\family default
to separate the circumflex and the character.
For example, if you want
\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
, type
\series bold
x^
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
a
\series default
.
Subscripts are similar: To get
\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
\end_inset
, type
\series bold
a_1
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Fractions
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Fractions
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Create a fraction with either the command
\series bold
\backslash
frac
\series default
or using the icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\frac"
\end_inset
in the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
.
You will be presented with an empty fraction.
The cursor is above the fraction line.
To move it to the bottom, simply press
\family sans
Down
\family default
.
To move back up, press
\family sans
Up
\family default
.
Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
2 & 3\\
4 & 5
\end{array}\right)}\right]
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Roots
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math ! Roots
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Roots can be created using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
buttons
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\root"
\end_inset
or the commands
\series bold
\backslash
sqrt
\series default
or
\series bold
\backslash
root
\series default
.
With the command
\series bold
\backslash
root
\series default
you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
\series bold
\backslash
sqrt
\series default
always produces a square root.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Operators with Limits
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Sums
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Integrals
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sum (
\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
) and integral (
\begin_inset Formula $\int$
\end_inset
) operators are very often decorated with limits.
These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
by entering them as you would enter a super-
or subscript, directly after the symbol.
The sum operator will automatically place its
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
formulas, as in
\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
, versus
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
\]
\end_inset
Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
display mode.
The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
behind the operator and using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Limits
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Type
\family default
or entering
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-limits"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
moving limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
feature, such as
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Limits
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
\]
\end_inset
which will place the
\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset
underneath the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
lim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in display mode.
In inline formulas it looks like this:
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
\series bold
\backslash
lim
\series default
.
Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Functions"
\end_inset
for an explanation of function macros.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Math Symbols
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Most math symbols can be found in the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
under one of several categories; including
\family sans
Greek
\family default
,
\family sans
Operators
\family default
,
\family sans
Relations
\family default
,
\family sans
Arrows
\family default
.
There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
Society (AMS).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you
don't have to use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
; you can type the command directly into the formula.
\SpecialChar LyX
will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Altering Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Spaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
\SpecialChar LaTeX
provides.
To do this, press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
\end_inset
or use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\space"
\end_inset
.
This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
For example, the sequence
\series bold
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
:
\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
\end_inset
appears in \SpecialChar LyX
as
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
\end_inset
.
You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
the space marker and enter space again several times.
With every space enter the size will be changed.
Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX
, because they are negative
spaces.
Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
and 3×
\family sans
Space
\family default
:
\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
and 5×
\family sans
Space
\family default
:
\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Functions
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Functions
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Functions"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
contains under the button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\functions"
\end_inset
a number of function macros, such as
\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
,
\emph on
etc
\emph default
.
(you can also insert them in a formula by typing
\series bold
\backslash
sin
\series default
etc.).
Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
avoid confusions, because
\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
does normally mean
\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
is different from
\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
are placed, as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Accents
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Accents
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
mode.
This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands, for example, to enter
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
Our example is entered by typing
\series bold
\backslash
hat
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
a
\series default
in a formula.
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
Accent names and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Name
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Example
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
circumflex
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
hat
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
umlaut
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
ddot
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
caron
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
check
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
macron
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
bar
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
vector
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
vec
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
\family sans
Frame
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
decorations
\family default
symbol set button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\hat"
\end_inset
in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
a formula too.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Brackets and Delimiters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Brackets
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Delimiters
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX
.
For some purposes, using just the keys
\family typewriter
[]{}()|<>
\family default
should suffice.
But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
toolbar delimiter icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
.
For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\end{array}\right]
\]
\end_inset
it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
and the expression on the right was entered using the
\family typewriter
()
\family default
keys.
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
inside.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
left side and right side.
If you use the option
\family sans
Keep
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
matched
\family default
, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX
code.
If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
\family sans
(none)
\family default
.
It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX
with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
is to go inside the brackets.
Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
\family sans
Insert
\family default
.
The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
enter
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-delim ( )"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Arrays
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Matrices
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Matrices are entered in \SpecialChar LyX
using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
matrix button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
\end_inset
.
It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
1 & 2 & 3\\
4 & 5 & 6\\
7 & 8 & 9
\end{array}\right)
\]
\end_inset
The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
.
When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
This alignment is set in the box
\family sans
Horizontal
\family default
with the letters
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
l
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
r
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
c
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LyX
proposes a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
c
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for every column as default.
For example, the sequence
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
lcr
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
corresponds to the relevant column.
The result will look like this:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\begin{array}{lcr}
this & this\,column & this\,column\\
column & has & has\,right\\
has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment
\end{array}.
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
while the cursor is in the matrix.
Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math
\family default
or the math toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
It can be created with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cases
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Environment
\family default
or the command
\series bold
\backslash
cases
\series default
.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
f(x)=\begin{cases}
-1 & x<0\\
0 & x=0\\
1 & x>0
\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
Multi-line formulas are created when you press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
within a formula.
In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
column.
When you press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
A new row is created by every further entry of
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray}
a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray*}
\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
\end{eqnarray*}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The multi-line formula type described here is called
\family typewriter
eqnarray
\family default
.
There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:asquared"
\end_inset
.
The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Whole
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formula
\family default
or the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX
within parentheses.
The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
the document class.
In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
separated by a dot:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{equation}
1+1=2
\end{equation}
\end_inset
Using
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
This
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\family default
or the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray}
1 & = & 3-2\\
2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
4 & \leq & 7
\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
To number all lines use the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
(toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
) when the cursor is in the formula.
This opens a dialog to enter the label.
It is recommended that you use the suggested
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
eq:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
label type when you have many labels in your document.
We inserted in the following example the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
eq:tanhExp
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in the second line:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray}
\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
& = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Reference
\family default
(toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
).
A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX
as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This is a cross-reference to equation (
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "eq:tanhExp"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The properties of \SpecialChar LyX
's cross-reference box are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
.
To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
press
\family sans
Del
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
User defined math macros
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Macros
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
have equations of the same form in a document several times.
Math macros are explained in section
\emph on
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Macros
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Typefaces
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Typefaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
To set a font in a formula, use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
, or enter its command, listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathfrak
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathcal
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathsf
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
\family sans
Blackboard
\family default
and
\family sans
Calligraphic
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
\family default
within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
space when you need a space in the box.
Here is an example where
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
N
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in
\family sans
Blackboard
\family default
denotes the set of numbers:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
You can, for example, put a character in
\family sans
Fraktur
\family default
in a box for
\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
:
\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
You can only print them emboldened using the command
\series bold
\backslash
boldsymbol
\series default
, which works like the other typeface commands:
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
boldsymbol
\series default
works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Math Text
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
not for text.
For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
the entry
\family sans
Normal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mode
\family default
of the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
.
Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX
in black instead of blue.
You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
f(x)=\begin{cases}
x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Font Sizes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Font sizes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
automatically chosen in most situations.
These are called
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
,
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
,
\family sans
scriptstyle
\family default
, and
\family sans
scriptscriptstyle
\family default
.
For most characters,
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
and
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
and certain other structures, are set larger in
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
.
Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
thinks are appropriate.
These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset
.
A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
For example, you can set
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
, which is normally in
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
, larger in
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
:
\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
.
The four styles are used in the following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
will be adjusted to correspond.
As an example here is a formula in the font size
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\size largest
\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
AMS math
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! AMS
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS)
that are in common use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Enabling AMS-Support
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
the document by selecting the checkbox
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
AMS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
package
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
dialog under
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Options
\family default
.
AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors in formulas,
ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
AMS-Formula Types
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
provides a selection of different formula types.
\SpecialChar LyX
allows you to choose between
\family typewriter
align
\family default
,
\family typewriter
alignat
\family default
,
\family typewriter
flalign
\family default
,
\family typewriter
gather
\family default
, and
\family typewriter
multline
\family default
.
We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "AMS"
\end_inset
, for an explanation of these formula types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
More Tools
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Cross references
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
One of \SpecialChar LyX
's strengths is cross-references.
You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
the document.
To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
First item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
Second item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
or by pressing the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
.
A gray label box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/label.png
scale 85
\end_inset
is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
\SpecialChar LyX
offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
enu:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
enu:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
stands for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
enumerate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
will be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
sec:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
.
A gray cross-reference box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/reference.png
scale 85
\end_inset
is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
in the document.
We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
enu:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As an alternative to
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
\family sans
Copy as Reference
\family default
.
The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
to the actual cursor position via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paste
\family default
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paste"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here is our cross-reference: Item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It is recommended to use a protected space
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
line breaks between them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are six formats of cross-references:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
: prints the number, this is the default:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
(): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Equation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is omitted:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:tanhExp"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
: prints the page number: Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vpageref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
it prints “on the next page”.
The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
\family sans
\series bold
\family default
\series default
; otherwise it behaves like
\family sans
\series bold
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Formatted
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
or
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package should be used for this feature by setting
the option
\family sans
Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
\family default
in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
\family default
.
The package
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
is the default and preferred because
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
supports only English documents.
The format is specified by using the command
\series bold
\backslash
newrefformat
\series default
(prettyref) or
\series bold
\backslash
newref
\series default
(refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble of the document.
For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
shortcut
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
fig
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) can be done with this command
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
\backslash
pageref{#1}}}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "prettyref,refstyle"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Textual
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand nameref
reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
The varieties are adjusted in the field
\family sans
Format
\family default
of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
ce.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can only use the style
\family sans
\family default
to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
\family sans
\family default
is always possible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
it.
Referencing formulas is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
The entry
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Label
\family default
sets the cursor before the referenced label.
This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Back
\family default
so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
You can also go back with the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can change labels at any time.
References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
do not need to think about this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
“BROKEN”
in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead
of the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
References are described in detail in the section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Referencing Floats
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Table of Contents and other Listings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Table of contents
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:toc"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Table of Contents
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Contents
\family default
.
It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
as a gray box.
If you click on it, the
\family sans
Outline
\family default
window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Outline
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Pane
\family default
that is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
Section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
\end_inset
describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
listed in the TOC.
Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table
of contents.
You can insert them via the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/TOC
\family default
submenus.
The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
URLs and Hyperlinks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
URLs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Hyperlinks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
URLs
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:URLs"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
URL
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX
's homepage:
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
http://www.lyx.org
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
in the style
\family typewriter
Typewriter
\family default
.
To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
subsection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
errors.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyperlinks
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hyperlink
\family default
or with the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
.
The appearing dialog has two fields:
\family sans
Target
\family default
and
\family sans
Name
\family default
.
The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "LyX's homepage"
target "http://www.lyx.org"
\end_inset
, an Email address like this:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "lyx-docs mailing list"
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
type "mailto:"
\end_inset
, or a link to a file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
adding the prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
run:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to the link target.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
the text style dialog.
This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
\family sans
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "LyX's homepage"
target "http://www.lyx.org"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The link text color can be changed, when the option
\family sans
Color links
\family default
is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
PDF Properties
\family default
).
The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
option
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
urlcolor=blue
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
to the field
\family sans
Additional options
\family default
in the PDF Properties dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Appendices
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Appendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Appendices are created with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Start
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Here
\family default
.
This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
as the appendix part of the book.
This part is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
numbered with a capital Latin letter.
The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
and the subsection number.
All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
here two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Credits"
\end_inset
; Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX
-document.
You can include a bibliography database,
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Known under the name
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
database
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
manually, using the paragraph environment
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
, which was described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
.
If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
this document, like author-year citations, then you must
\emph on
\emph default
use a bibliography database.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
The Bibliography Environment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Within the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
with a number.
If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
\family sans
Key
\family default
and a
\family sans
Label
\family default
.
The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
entry.
For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
and
we used
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
latexcompanion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, a short form of its title, as the key.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Citation
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
.
A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
containing the available citations.
Select one or more keys from the list and
\family sans
Add
\family default
them.
Then press
\family sans
OK
\family default
.
The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
entry with surrounding brackets.
If you set a
\family sans
Label
\family default
for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Credits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Have a look at the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LaTeX
Companion Second Edition
\family default
:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The \SpecialChar LyX
-Team members are listed in the Credits:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lyxcredit"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
label via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
(toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
).
All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Bibliography databases (Bib\SpecialChar TeX
)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Bibliography ! Databases
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
documents.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
them.
Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
and reviews along with bibliographical information.
\end_layout
\end_inset
It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
entries.
You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
your working field in a database.
This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
list for that document.
This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
you have cited.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The database is a text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
.bib
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, containing the bibliography in a special format.
The format is explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "BibTeX-2"
\end_inset
and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
books (
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
\end_inset
).
The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX
Wiki at
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To use a database, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List
\family default
/
\family sans
TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
BibTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bibliography
\family default
.
A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
In this window you can add one or more databases and select a
\family sans
style
\family default
file.
The option
\family sans
Add bibliography to TOC
\family default
adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
In the
\family sans
Content
\family default
drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The style file is a text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
.bst
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
Your \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
layout.
It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
for experts.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
For information on how this is done, have a look at
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX
uses the program Bib\SpecialChar TeX
.
You can choose which of its variants should be used by \SpecialChar LyX
as the
\family sans
Processor
\family default
either in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bibliography
\family default
or in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\family default
.
The following variants are possible:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, but does not work
with other bibliography packages (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\series bold
natbib
\series default
), only with the package
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
letters
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
with all bibliography packages, except
\series bold
biblatex
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding,
larger memory than
\family sans
bibtex
\family default
, works with all bibliography packages
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
of the variants.
Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
of
\family sans
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "BibTeX"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When you select the option
\family sans
Sectioned bibliography
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bibliography
\family default
dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
This and other options are explained in detail in section
\emph on
Customizing Bibliographies
\emph default
\emph on
with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
the two methods of creating them.
As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
We used the style file
\family sans
alphadin.bst
\family default
to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Citation Format
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Bibliography ! Citation format
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
For this feature you need to enable the option
\family sans
Natbib
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
dialog under
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
.
Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
For the global citation format use the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
style files as explained in
the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
the citation reference window.
Here is an example where the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
appears after the reference:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Have a look at
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "Chapter 3"
key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Index
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Index generation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Index"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
An index entry is created if you use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Entry
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
.
A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
by \SpecialChar LyX
as the index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
List
\family default
.
A light blue box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Index
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
The index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX
-boxes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
For a detailed description of \SpecialChar LaTeX
's index mechanism, have a look at one of
the \SpecialChar LaTeX
books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Grouping Index Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Index ! Grouping
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
index.
We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
lists under the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
First we create the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Lists"
\end_inset
.
In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
, we insert the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Lists ! Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
and the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Lists ! Enumerate
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
for the enumerated list in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Enumerate"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The exclamation mark
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
marks the grouping levels.
You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
If we don't have an index entry for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Page Ranges
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Index ! Page ranges
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
section.
But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
For example, if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create
an index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
\end_inset
with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
and another entry at the end of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The commands
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
|(
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
|)
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
respectively start and end the index range.
You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
the pages of the indexed document parts.
An example is the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Document ! Settings
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Cross referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Index ! Cross referencing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
We referred for example in the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
GIF
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
) to the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in the same section using the entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
GIF|see{Image formats}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
Code.
The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry Order
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Index ! Entry order
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
follow the rules for the index order.
The index entries are sorted alphabetically but \SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maïs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maître
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Dummy entries ! maïs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Dummy entries ! maître
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
\end_layout
\end_inset
They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
maïs, maison, maître.
To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In our case we want to have
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
after
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maïs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
maïs@maison
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
You can also use another word to tell \SpecialChar LaTeX
the entry order.
See the next subsection for an example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
to generate the index (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
).
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
would for example print the index entry for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package aeguill in sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Document-Font"
\end_inset
after the index entries of the other \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages although all these index
commands start with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages !
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
To fix this
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
let
\backslash
OrgIndex
\backslash
index
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
renewcommand*{
\backslash
index}[1]{
\backslash
OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Index ! Entry layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Dummy entries !
\shape italic
This is an italic dummy entry
\end_layout
\end_inset
You can also format the page number using the character
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command without a backslash.
We can write for example
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
to get the page number in italic.
\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
\end_inset
Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
|command
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
means
\series bold
\backslash
command{page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
number}
\series default
.
Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
to generate the index, see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
.
If you use
\family sans
xindy
\family default
, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
This is because
\family sans
xindy
\family default
requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "p. 678 ff."
key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
for details.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
above.
Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
If so, put the following in the preamble
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
IndexDef}[1]{
\backslash
textit{#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
and write
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
in the index entry.
\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
\end_inset
The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also change the layout for the whole index.
For example, we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get
a bold font for all index entries.
For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
\emph on
Index Style File
\emph default
, see the
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
or
\family sans
xindy
\family default
documentation for details,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex,xindy"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Index ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If the index generation program
\family sans
xindy
\family default
is installed, \SpecialChar LyX
uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
, the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution, is used.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Makeindex
\family default
is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
to use
\family sans
xindy
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX
's preferences
dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
.
The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex-man,xindy"
\end_inset
.
In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
the index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or the options in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
.
This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Multiple Indexes
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
For instance, you might need to set up a separate
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Index of Names
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
next to the standard index.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
that add this feature.
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the
\series bold
splitidx
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
\end_inset
package to generate multiple indexes.
The package is included in all recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
distributions.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
If yours does not ship it, consult the \SpecialChar TeX
catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
.
Note that the package does not only consist of a \SpecialChar LaTeX
style, but it also includes
specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To set up \SpecialChar LyX
for the use of multiple indexes, go to
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
and select the option
\family sans
Use multiple Indexes
\family default
.
Note that the list
\family sans
Available Indexes
\family default
already contains the standard index
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Index
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
also appear as a heading) to the
\family sans
New
\family default
input field and press the
\family sans
Add
\family default
button.
The new index now also appears in the list.
If you like, you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX
label color to the new index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
list in
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/TOC
\family default
and the
\family sans
Insert
\family default
menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
are additional features:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Subindex.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading
is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can
thus be nested to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Nomenclature/Glossary
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Nomenclature
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Glossary|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Nomenclature
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Nomenclature"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that
are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so
called nomenclature or glossary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
You find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
and then use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
N
\family sans
omenclature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Entry
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset
.
A gray box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Nom
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
The first is the term or
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
that you wish to define.
The second is the
\family sans
Description
\family default
of the term or symbol.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
You have to enter valid \SpecialChar LaTeX
-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Definition and Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Nomenclature ! Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
field as \SpecialChar LaTeX
-formulas.
For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
, insert this:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
$
\backslash
sigma$
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series default
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
character starts/ends the formula.
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with
a backslash
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\backslash
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
like
\series bold
\backslash
Sigma
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
(A short introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You cannot use the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog to format the description text; you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands.
For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in this document is:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
dummy entry for the character
\backslash
textsf{sigma}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The command
\series bold
\backslash
textsf
\series default
sets the fonts to
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
.
To get
\series bold
bold
\series default
font use the command
\series bold
\backslash
textbf
\series default
, for
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
use
\series bold
\backslash
texttt
\series default
, for
\emph on
emphasized
\emph default
use
\series bold
\backslash
emph
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To customize the appearance of all symbols add e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
the command
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
nomlabel}[1]{
\backslash
textsf{
\backslash
textbf{#1}}}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
to the LaTeX preamble in the document settings.
This command will make the font of all symbols
\series bold
bold
\series default
and
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If the characters |
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
!
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
, @ and
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
"
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
a quote character in front of them.
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
description "The quote sign is output by writing ‘ \"\"\"\" '"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Nomenclature ! Sort order
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-code of the symbol
definition.
This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in
formulas.
Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
\emph on
a
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "a"
description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
\end_inset
\emph default
and
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
prefix "sigma"
symbol "$\\sigma$"
description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
\end_inset
.
They will be sorted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
a
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
$
\backslash
sigma$
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
– the
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
will be sorted before the
\emph on
a
\emph default
since the character
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is considered in sorting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To control the sort order, you can edit the
\family sans
Sort
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
as
\family default
field of the nomenclature dialog.
Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
definition.
For the example given, you can insert
\family typewriter
sigma
\family default
in this field for the
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
, then
\emph on
a
\emph default
will be located before
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Options
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Nomenclature ! Options
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
Here are some of its options; for more have a look at its documentation:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
refeq Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
, see equation (
\emph on
eq
\emph default
)
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to every nomenclature entry, where
\family sans
\emph on
eq
\family default
\emph default
is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
refpage Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
, page (
\emph on
page
\emph default
)
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to every nomenclature entry, where
\family sans
\emph on
page
\family default
\emph default
is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
class options list in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
In this document the options
\series bold
refpage, intoc
\series default
are used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
\family sans
Description
\family default
field in the nomenclature dialog:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
nomrefeq Like the
\series bold
refeq
\series default
option
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
nomrefpage Like the
\series bold
refpage
\series default
option
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
nomrefeqpage Short notation of
\series bold
\backslash
nomrefeq
\backslash
nomrefpage
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
nomnorefeq,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
nomnorefpage,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Words like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
are automatically translated for some document languages.
If not, add these lines to your \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\series bold
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
\backslash
nobreakspace(#1)}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
\backslash
nobreakspace{}#1}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
and replace
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
see equation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
by their translation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Printing the Nomenclature
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Nomenclature ! Printing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To print the nomenclature, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Lists/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
Nomenclature
\family default
.
A box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Nomenclature
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
You can choose between these settings:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Default a space of 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
cm is used
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
label
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Custom custom space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Nomenclature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
command
\series bold
\backslash
nomname
\series default
in the preamble.
For example, in order to change the name to
\emph on
List of Symbols
\emph default
, add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Nomenclature ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Nomenclature-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
, that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
\SpecialChar LyX
's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
by adding options, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
.
The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl,makeindex"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Branches
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Branches
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Document ! Branches
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Branches"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For these cases \SpecialChar LyX
allows you to put text into branches.
The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
To create a branch, either select the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator
Insert New Branch
\family default
(if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog to
\family sans
Branches
\family default
, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
its background color inside \SpecialChar LyX
and whether the name of the branch should
be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
(see below for an example).
Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
to the name of the other) and to add
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
unknown branches
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
, without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
These boxes are inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branch
\family default
where you can choose a branch.
You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
on them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you activate
\family sans
Filename Suffix
\family default
in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branches
\family default
, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
Consider for example a file
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam.lyx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
which has the above branches.
If
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Filename Suffix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is active, the PDF export file would be called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
if both the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
branch were inactive,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam-Question.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
if only the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
branch was active, likewise
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
if only the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
branch was active, and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
if both branches were active.
This helps you to export different versions of your document easily.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
like inside equations, you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX
definitions for each branch.
For example you can define for the question branch
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
For an introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-syntax, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
and for the answer branch
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Now it is possible to use the
\series bold
\backslash
question{\SpecialChar ldots
}
\series default
and
\series bold
\backslash
answer{\SpecialChar ldots
}
\series default
commands to obtain conditional output.
Here is an example formula where only the
\series bold
\backslash
question
\series default
part appears:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
files (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands.).
For this advanced usage, see the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual, section
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Flex insets and InsetLayout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
PDF Properties
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:PDF-Properties"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
PDF properties
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
PDF Properties
\family default
dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your
document.
All these options are provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
which will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced
part of the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The header information in the dialog tab
\family sans
General
\family default
is saved together with the PDF as file properties.
Many programs are able to extract this information, for example, automatically
to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
This is very useful to sort, classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
When the option
\family sans
Automatically
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
fill
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
header
\family default
is set, \SpecialChar LyX
tries to extract the header information from your document title
and author entries.
The option
\family sans
Load
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
fullscreen
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mode
\family default
will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can specify in the dialog tab
\family sans
Hyperlinks
\family default
how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
are created.
The
\family sans
Break
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
over
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
lines
\family default
option allows long links to be split;
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
frames
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
around
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\family default
and
\family sans
Color
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\family default
both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames;
\family sans
Color
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\family default
colors the different links.
The default colors are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\color magenta
magenta
\color inherit
for hyperlinks and URLs
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\color red
red
\color inherit
for links
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\color green
green
\color inherit
for citations
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
but you can change these in the field
\family sans
Additional options
\family default
.
For example, in this document they were changed with the additional options:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If the option
\family sans
Backreferences
\family default
is set, the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different
entries, showing, depending on the option selected, the number of the section,
slide or page where the entry is referenced.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the dialog tab
\family sans
Bookmarks
\family default
you can specify if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of
your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
or not.
With the
\family sans
Open bookmarks
\family default
\family sans
Level
\family default
you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks
when opening the PDF.
For example level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1 will only display the sections.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
PDF properties are also used in this document.
When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
options are used.
For an explanation of all them we refer you to the hyperref manual
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\SpecialChar TeX
Code and the \SpecialChar LaTeX
Syntax
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:TeX-Code"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\SpecialChar TeX
Code Boxes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar TeX
Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As \SpecialChar LyX
uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
in the background, it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands and constructs,
but not all.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
is a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package for every problem, though \SpecialChar LyX
cannot support all packages and
their commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
But don't worry, you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command directly in \SpecialChar LyX
inside the \SpecialChar TeX
Code
box.
A \SpecialChar TeX
Code box is created by the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Code
\family default
or by the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
).
The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
it and selecting
\family sans
Close Inset
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert complete or incomplete commands as \SpecialChar TeX
Code.
Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX
text.
For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command
\series bold
\backslash
fbox
\series default
, you can write the command part
\series bold
\backslash
fbox{
\series default
in a \SpecialChar TeX
Code box before the word and the closing brace
\series bold
}
\series default
in a second \SpecialChar TeX
Code box behind the word.
The word between the two \SpecialChar TeX
Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the
following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ERT.png
scale 89
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
gives
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This is a line with a
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
fbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
framed
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
At the end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
to let \SpecialChar LaTeX
know that the command is finished.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
A Short Introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
Syntax
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands that \SpecialChar LyX
uses in the background.
Because \SpecialChar LaTeX
is based on commands, you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
program
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
your text.
This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
any time if you know the right commands.
For example, imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline
is the end of the day.
Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
all caption labels bold.
But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
in your manual.
Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
day.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Now \SpecialChar LaTeX
comes into play.
As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package.
First you have to find out which and therefore look in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package database,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Catalogue"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As result you find that the package
\series bold
caption
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
is what you need.
To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preamble
\family default
) with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
usepackage[options]{package name}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
All \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In your case the package name is
\series bold
caption
\series default
.
After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
\series bold
labelfont=bf
\series default
will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
So you add the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
to the preamble and the problem is solved.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
For more commands provided by the
\series bold
caption
\series default
package, have a look at its documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "caption"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
like your case.
For example if you use a
\family sans
KOMA-Script
\family default
class, you don't need the package
\series bold
caption
\series default
, you can instead write
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
setkomafont{captionlabel}{
\backslash
bfseries}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
in the preamble and the problem is solved.
So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
documentation of the document class you want to use.
(
\series bold
\backslash
setkomafont
\series default
is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
argument.
To insert a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command in text, use the \SpecialChar TeX
Code box as described in the previous
section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you want to learn more about \SpecialChar LaTeX
and its syntax, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
pagestyle{fancy}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Left Header
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
rightmark
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
defines the header line as described below
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Center Header
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Right Header
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
leftmark
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Left Footer
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
thepage
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Center Footer
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series bold
\color red
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
's user guide
\end_layout
\end_inset
Magic code:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Right Footer
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
Roman{page}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Customized Page Headers and Footers
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Document ! Header/Footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Header/Footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
to set the
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
style
\family default
to
\family sans
Fancy
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog under
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
.
As a second step add in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Modules
\family default
the module
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Custom Header/Footerlines
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
This module offers the following 6
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
styles:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
for the different positions in the header/footer.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document.
But you can change them anywhere you want to.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Page-layout"
\end_inset
shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
placement h
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Left Header
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Center Header
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Right Header
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The normal text on the page goes here.
The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
footnotes).
Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Left Footer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Center Footer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Right Footer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Page-layout"
\end_inset
Page layout with custom header and footer line.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note
\series default
: some document classes implement their own customized page headers and
footers if
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
style
\family default
is set to “Default”.
Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers
and footers.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To define your header line, add all three header styles.
The things you add to the styles appear on odd numbered pages, the things
in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
can be omitted.
If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
Defining the footer line works similarly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For the definition, you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands that are inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
code
(menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Code
\family default
):
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
thepage prints the current page number
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
leftmark prints the current section number and title.
If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
title instead.
It is called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
leftmark
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
because it usually goes in a left header.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
title instead.
It is normally used in the right header.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Default header/footer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
footer has the page number.
In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
\family sans
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer
\family default
style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Appearance
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
Some pages are different.
The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
a new part or chapter in your book.
Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Header and footer decoration line
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
By default, you get a 0.4
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
\series bold
\backslash
headrulewidth
\series default
and
\series bold
\backslash
footrulewidth
\series default
in the following way:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
headrulewidth}{thickness}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
where thickness is a size in standard units like
\family sans
pt
\family default
or
\family sans
mm
\family default
.
If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
4.4 of the book
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Several header/footer lines
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
text line.
To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX
length
\series bold
\backslash
headheight
\series default
or
\series bold
\backslash
footheight
\series default
in this entry in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Lat
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preamble
\family default
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
headheight}{height}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
where height is a size in standard units.
If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX
logfile with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX Log
\family default
and use the button
\family sans
Next
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Warning
\family default
to see if you can find a warning about the package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
for your header/footer.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
This example
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
This example consists of the following definition:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header
\series bold
\backslash
rightmark
\series default
, empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header empty, empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header empty,
\series bold
\backslash
leftmark
\series default
in the optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer empty,
\series bold
\backslash
thepage
\series default
in the optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer
\family sans
\series bold
\color red
\SpecialChar LyX
's user guide
\family default
\series default
\color inherit
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Magic code:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in the optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer
\series bold
\backslash
Roman{page}
\series default
, empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
headrulewidth set to 2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
For more specialized features, for example, thumb-indexes, see the manual
of the
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
package,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "fancyhdr"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
pagestyle{headings}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
switches back to page style with the default headings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Previewing Snippets of your Document
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Instant preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly
so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Prerequisites
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To get previews working, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\series bold
preview-latex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! preview-latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
(on some systems named simply
\series bold
preview
\series default
) installed.
If it is not already installed, you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
-catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system.
You obtain prettier results if you install the program
\family typewriter
pnmcrop
\family default
from the
\family typewriter
netpbm
\family default
package; for \SpecialChar LyX
on Windows this program and also the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package are automatically
installed together with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Enabling previews
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you would for example like to see in \SpecialChar LyX
your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX
,
activate the option
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Graphics
\family default
in the
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
dialog under
\family sans
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
feel\SpecialChar menuseparator
Display
\family default
.
Then set
\family sans
Instant
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preview
\family default
to
\family sans
On
\family default
.
The
\family sans
Preview
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Size
\family default
is the multiplication factor for the size.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX
,
set
\family sans
Instant
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preview
\family default
to
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
math
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Previews are generated when you load a document into \SpecialChar LyX
and when you finish
editing an inset.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
generated by activating the option
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Graphics
\family default
.
Reopening the document will fix such problems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Selected document parts
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
for example things that \SpecialChar LyX
cannot render like rotated parts or things that
are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX
.
To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preview
\family default
.
Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
command
\series bold
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
which is not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
is explained in section
\emph on
Rotated and Scaled Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Instead of the \SpecialChar TeX
Code boxes you want to see in \SpecialChar LyX
the final rotated boxes,
for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding text.
Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
boxes into it.
Here is the result:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Preview
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This is a line
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Box Doublebox
position "c"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 0
inner_pos "c"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1in"
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
with rotated
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
framed text
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
and a formula.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Previewing works also for colors.
In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
command
\series bold
\backslash
fcolorbox
\series default
:
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
fcolorbox
\series default
is explained in section
\emph on
Colored Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Preview
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
fboxrule 1mm
\backslash
fboxsep 1mm
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
This is text within a colored, framed box.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If \SpecialChar LyX
does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX
Code in the preview inset is valid and that
you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages in your document preamble that are required by
the \SpecialChar TeX
Code.
If \SpecialChar LyX
cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able to
view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX
errors.
So if you have to use some \SpecialChar TeX
Code and don't know if it is correct, the preview
inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\SpecialChar LaTeX
source code
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can preview the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source of the whole document or parts of it.
Use the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Source
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Pane
\family default
and a window will be shown where you can see the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-source code.
The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor
currently sits.
You can also select document parts in \SpecialChar LyX
's main window, then only this selection
(when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
the source view window.
If you check
\family sans
Automatic update
\family default
, you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX
; but note that if you have
several documents open, this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX
updates them all,
not just the one which is open at the time.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Advanced Find and Replace
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Replace
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Find
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The advanced find and replace feature of \SpecialChar LyX
allows for searching of complex,
format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within \SpecialChar LyX
documents.
It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
The key-features are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
formulas
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
a section heading will only be found within section headings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Search may be restricted to mathematics environments only; this is useful
for remangling math notation where one does not want to match any text
outside of mathematics environments
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Search may be widened to a specific
\emph on
scope
\emph default
, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
\family sans
Help
\family default
menu
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Basic usage
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Find & Replace
\noun on
(
\noun default
Advanced
\noun on
)
\family default
\noun default
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
) or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
.
This opens the
\family sans
Advanced Find and Replace
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Searching for text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Enter into the
\family sans
Find
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
on the
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Next
\family default
button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
key).
The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
Pressing
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
repeatedly keeps searching forward while pressing
\family sans
Shift+Return
\family default
searches backwards.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Case
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
sensitive
\family default
option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
The
\family sans
Whole
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
words
\family default
option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Searching for mathematics
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Mathematical formulas, such as
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
or something more complex like
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset
, may be searched for by typing them in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Style-aware search
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
This is done by switching to the
\family sans
Settings
\family default
tab of the dialog and unchecking the
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
option.
This way, entering in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word
occurring in emphasized or boldface.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
instances with the same face only, and within the same text style only.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
a normal word in a section heading, and searching for it, would find occurrences
of it only within section headings.
Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also
displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Replace
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The entries made in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor can be replaced with entries made in the
\family sans
Replace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
with
\family default
editor.
In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
\family sans
Replace
\family default
button or alternatively press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
or
\family sans
Shift+Return
\family default
while the cursor is in the
\family sans
Replace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
with
\family default
editor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can replace with fully-featured formatted \SpecialChar LyX
entries.
Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention
two):
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
func()
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
with its typewriter version
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
func()
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
occurrences of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $R$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(you may want to enable the
\family sans
Whole
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
words
\family default
and
\family sans
Case
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
sensitive
\family default
options and disable the
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
option in the
\family sans
Settings
\family default
tab, in order to avoid replacing all
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
R
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
\end_inset
with
\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\,j}$
\end_inset
, or occurrences of
\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
\end_inset
with
\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Advanced usage
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
This is done with the context menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Insert Regular Expression
\family default
while the cursor is in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
expression matching rules
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed \SpecialChar LyX
segment, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
when matching \SpecialChar LaTeX
code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to
match expressions.
\end_layout
\end_inset
, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
same text in the document.
You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets.
Examples of using such a feature may be:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor the fraction
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset
(where the
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
fractions with the given denominator.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
the
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
option from the
\family sans
Settings
\family default
tab, entering a
\series bold
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
\series default
regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, finds all
emphasized or bold face text respectively.
Also, by inserting a
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
, and referring back to them through
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
\end_inset
, etc..
For example, try searching with the regexp
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
[[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]]
\backslash
1[[:space:]]
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when
occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced
sub-expressions is absolute.
That is,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
\end_inset
always refers to the first occurrence of
\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
in all entered regexps.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Spell Checking
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Spellchecking"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Spell checking
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
has a built-in spell checker.
The menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
, the
\family sans
F7
\family default
key or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the
beginning of the currently selected text.
A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
you to edit and replace it in a second line.
Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
scrolled so that it is visible.
In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
n, if any could be found.
Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
\family sans
Replacement
\family default
field, double-clicking directly invokes the replacement.
Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
that is set in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
a different one at the top of the dialog.
\SpecialChar LyX
can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog (
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
) and have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
All spell-checker dictionaries supported by \SpecialChar LyX
can be downloaded from here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
There are 2
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
files for each language.
To install a dictionary on Windows, copy the 2
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
files into \SpecialChar LyX
's installation subfolder
\family sans
~
\backslash
Resources
\backslash
dicts
\family default
and restart \SpecialChar LyX
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
With Linux one needs to install the packages for the desired language.
The number of these packages vary depending on the Linux distribution,
but in most cases these are
\family typewriter
aspell-xx
\family default
,
\family typewriter
hunspell-xx
\family default
,
\family typewriter
myspell-xx
\family default
, etc., where
\family sans
xx
\family default
is the language code.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Further Settings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
you can set the following things:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Spellchecker
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
engine Select the library \SpecialChar LyX
should use for spell checking.
Depending on your platform,
\family typewriter
aspell
\family default
,
\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
or
\family typewriter
enchant
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
are available.
On Windows only
\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
is available.
\SpecialChar LyX
on Mac
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
OS can also use Mac's own spellchecker and will use it by default.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Alternative
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
language If this field is not empty, \SpecialChar LyX
will always use the given language
for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Escape
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
should escape, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
German umlauts.
This should normally not be needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
compound
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
passthrough
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it.
Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
appear in a context menu.
Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
notes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document content is checked
as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Thesaurus
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Thesaurus
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Thesaurus"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
provides a multilingual thesaurus.
It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
(namely the
\family sans
MyThes
\family default
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
thesaurus library, which is included in \SpecialChar LyX
).
Therefore, \SpecialChar LyX
is able to directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries,
which are available for many languages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
the use with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Setting up the thesaurus
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
MyThes
\emph on
/
\emph default
OpenOffice
\family default
thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
\emph on
*.dat
\emph default
containing the data and an index file with the suffix
\emph on
*.idx
\emph default
.
The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
(e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
en_US
\family default
for US English).
For instance, the US English files are named:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
th_en_EN_v2.idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
th_en_EN_v2.dat
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you have
\family sans
LibreOffice
\family default
or
\family sans
OpenOffice
\family default
and its thesaurus installed, these files should be already on your system
and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX
(in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionaries
\family default
) to the path where they are installed.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
On Linux, depending on your distribution and the way you installed the dictionar
ies, typical locations are
\family typewriter
/usr/share/mythes/
\family default
,
\family typewriter
/usr/share/myspell/dicts/
\family default
,
\family typewriter
/usr/share/ooo/thesaurus/
\family default
,
\family typewriter
~/.config/libreoffice//user/
\family default
or alike.
On Windows, dictionaries are to be found at
\family typewriter
~
\backslash
Program Files
\backslash
LibreOffice-
\backslash
share
\backslash
extensions
\family default
or similar.
On the Mac, the default location is
\family typewriter
/Users\SpecialChar breakableslash
\SpecialChar breakableslash
Library\SpecialChar breakableslash
Application Support\SpecialChar breakableslash
libreoffice\SpecialChar breakableslash
\SpecialChar breakableslash
user
\family default
/.
\end_layout
\end_inset
On Windows, you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation
during the \SpecialChar LyX
installation process, which will then be installed in the correct
place right away.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you want to install new\SpecialChar breakableslash
further thesaurus dictionaries, you can downloaded
them from here:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex URL
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxsvn/dictionaries/trunk/thes/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To install a new dictionary, download the two files for this dictionary
into the thesaurus path (which is set in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionaries
\family default
) and restart \SpecialChar LyX
.
If this path is not defined yet, you can use a dictionary of your choice
and point \SpecialChar LyX
there.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Alternatively, you can also install new dictionaries via
\family sans
LibreOffice\SpecialChar breakableslash
OpenOffice
\family default
or, on Linux, via your package manager (look for
\emph on
mythes-*
\emph default
or
\emph on
libreoffice-thesaurus-*
\emph default
packages).
If you do this, make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
is able to find the installed dictionaries,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
that
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionaries
\family default
points to the path where you installed these dictionaries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Using the thesaurus
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To start the thesaurus, use the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
selected.
A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
a replacement.
The suggestions are grouped into categories.
Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
\emph on
organism
\emph default
for
\emph on
plant
\emph default
), related terms (such as
\emph on
political
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
theory
\emph default
for
\emph on
anarchistic
\emph default
), compounds (such as
\emph on
tree
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
diagram
\emph default
, if you look for
\emph on
tree
\emph default
) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
\emph on
girl
\emph default
for
\emph on
boy
\emph default
).
Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
up directly there.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
the dictionary, such as the above
\emph on
tree diagram
\emph default
), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
For example, looking up the word form
\emph on
reporting
\emph default
yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
\emph on
report
\emph default
.
Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant part of such a word (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\emph on
report
\emph default
in
\emph on
report
\emph default
s); then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in
the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only
the highlighted part will be replaced; thus the ending remains).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Change Tracking
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Change Tracking
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Document ! Change Tracking
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Change-Tracking"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Track
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
\bar under
\color blue
underlined text
\bar default
\color inherit
is an addition,
\strikeout on
\color blue
canceled text
\strikeout default
\color inherit
is a deletion.
The color depends on the author that made the change.
You can change the color in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
feel
\family default
\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Colors
\family default
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Color ! Change tracking
\end_layout
\end_inset
The author and the date of the change are shown in \SpecialChar LyX
's status bar when the
cursor is in changed text.
The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "changes-merge"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX
:
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Toolbar ! Review
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
scale 90
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "changes-track"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Track
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "changes-output"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "change-next"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Jumps to the next change
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "change-accept"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Change
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "change-reject"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reject
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Change
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "changes-merge"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Merge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "all-changes-accept"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
All
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "all-changes-reject"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reject
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
All
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Note\SpecialChar menuseparator
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "note-next"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Next
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Not all changes are (yet) visualized, especially no format changes like
from
\emph on
normal
\emph default
to
\emph on
bold
\emph default
font or
\emph on
Standard
\emph default
to
\emph on
Description
\emph default
paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
the next change after the current cursor position.
So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
step to the next change.
This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
to describe a change.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To show the changes made in the output you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\series bold
dvipost
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! dvipost
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
You will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
Catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Comparison of Documents
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Comparison-of-Documents"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Comparison of documents
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can compare two different \SpecialChar LyX
files via the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Compare
\family default
.
The comparison result is a \SpecialChar LyX
file with change tracking enabled showing the
differences.
In the comparison dialog you can select from which document \SpecialChar LyX
should take
the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
\family sans
Copy
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
from
\family default
.
The option
\family sans
Enable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
tracking
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
features
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
the
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
output
\family default
enables the change tracking option
\family sans
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\family default
to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
International Support
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
International support
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
with any language you want.
For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set
up \SpecialChar LyX
to use them:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Besides languages, \SpecialChar LyX
also supports phonetic symbols, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Special-Character"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Language Options
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Language ! Options
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Document ! Language
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog lets you set the language, the quote style and character encoding.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Under
\family sans
Encoding
\family default
you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for \SpecialChar LaTeX
export.
The option
\family sans
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Default
\family default
is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
For details about the different encoding options see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Language-encodings"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Keyboard mapping configuration
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you have for example a U.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
can use an alternate keymap.
For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure \SpecialChar LyX
to use
an Italian keymap.
The
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
Keyboard/Mouse
\family default
dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Keyboard-Map"
\end_inset
.
You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
which one you want to use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
one to support the characters you want.
This and many other customizations are explained in the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
\start_of_appendix
The User Interface
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
topic inside the user's guide.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The File Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Menu ! File
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Under the
\family sans
File
\family default
menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
New
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Creates a new document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
New from Template
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Open
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens a document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Open Recent
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
Click there on a file to open it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Close
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Closes the current document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Close All
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Closes all opened documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Save
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Saves the actual document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Save As
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Save All
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Saves all opened documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Revert to saved
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Reloads the actual document from disk.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Version Control
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
It is described in the section
\emph on
Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Import
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here you can import files from older \SpecialChar LyX
versions, HTML files, \SpecialChar LaTeX
files, NoWeb
files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files (CSV).
The files will be imported as a new \SpecialChar LyX
document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
When using the menu entry
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
entry
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Text,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Lines
\family default
, consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Export
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Export"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to various file formats.
The resulting files are placed in the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
file.
The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
They depend on the programs found by \SpecialChar LyX
during its configuration.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
CJK
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LyX format of the special \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Since \SpecialChar LyX
1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
language
\family typewriter
DocBook
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
DocBook
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
language
\family typewriter
DocBook
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
DraftDVI \SpecialChar LaTeX
's native DVI-format.
This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
files paths or file names in your document.
\SpecialChar LyX
use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
DVI
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
in files paths or file names
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTeX) DVI-format using the program
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
; supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX
fonts;
\series bold
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
EPS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(cropped) the same as
\family sans
PostScript
\family default
but with cropped page margins.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Graphviz
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Dot text file with code in the programming language
\family typewriter
Dot
\family default
which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
\family typewriter
Graphviz
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
HTML HTML-format;
\series bold
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
the exported file will be stored in a subdirectory.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
HTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(MS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
\family sans
MS Word
\family default
; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
not in the format
\family sans
MathML
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTeX) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source that is compilable with the program
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source, additionally all images used in the
document will be converted to a format that is readable by the
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(plain) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source code, additionally all images used in
the document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
by the
\family typewriter
latex
\family default
program
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(XeTeX) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source that is compilable with the program
\family typewriter
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
LilyPond
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
book
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LaTeX) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source and also code in the syntax of the music
notation software
\family typewriter
LilyPond
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
z.y.x \SpecialChar LyX
-Document in a format readable by the \SpecialChar LyX
versions z.y.x (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
"\SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.1.x";
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
z
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
y
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
represent the version number)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Archive
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
to compile it (images, child documents, Bib\SpecialChar TeX
files, etc.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
LyXHTML HTML-format using \SpecialChar LyX
's internal XHTML engine
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
\family typewriter
NoWeb
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
\family sans
LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
\family default
, etc.
(The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
all cases)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(cropped) the same as
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
but with cropped page margins
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(dvipdfm) PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(lower
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
resolution) the same as
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
but with a reduced pixel resolution of 150
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
dpi (e.g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
useful for e-books to be read on tablet PCs or for large documents as intermedia
te preview)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTeX) PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex) PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ps2pdf) PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(XeTeX) PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text text format
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ps2ascii) text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript
format and then exported as text using the program
\family sans
ps2ascii
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Postscript PostScript format using the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Sweave text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source and also code in the statistical programming
language
\family typewriter
R
\family default
.
Using the
\family typewriter
R
\family default
-function
\family typewriter
Sweave
\family default
it is possible to use
\family typewriter
R
\family default
-commands in \SpecialChar LaTeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If one of the menu entries
\family sans
DVI
\family default
,
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
or
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
is missing, you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX
installation.
After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Fax
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX
's PATH prefix,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"
\end_inset
).
With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
\family typewriter
hylapex
\family default
or
\family typewriter
kdeprintfax
\family default
.
The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
The format can be changed in \SpecialChar LyX
's preferences as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Converters"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
New and Close Window
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens or closes a new instance of \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Exit
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The Edit Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Menu ! Edit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Undo and Redo
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Select Whole Inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is.
If the cursor is outside an inset, the whole document will be selected.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Select All
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Selects the whole document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Find & Replace (Quick)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Find & Replace (Advanced)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Move Paragraph Up/Down
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph
up or down.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Text Style
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Paragraph ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
have chosen to separate paragraphs with
\family sans
Indentation
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Table
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This menu only appears if the cursor is inside a table.
It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders
of a cell and to set the vertical alignment of the cell.Table Settings and
Math
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
a formula.
Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
The properties of tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
, the properties of formulas in chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Increase/Decrease List Depth
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can
be nested.
They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Start New Environment/Start New Parent Environment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
These menus are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive environme
nts of the same type.
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings"
\end_inset
for an explanation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The View Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Menu ! View
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
At the bottom of the
\family sans
View
\family default
menu the opened documents are listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Open/Close all Insets
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens/closes all insets in your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Unfold/Fold Math Macros
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Math macros are described in the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Outline Pane
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Shows the outline window as described in sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Navigating"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Source Pane
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Messages Pane
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens a window showing console messages.
This is useful for debugging \SpecialChar LyX
(i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
while \SpecialChar LaTeX
is processing the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Toolbars
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Toolbars"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Toolbar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
All toolbars and the
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Buffer
\family default
can be turned on and off.
The
\emph on
on
\emph default
state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
The
\family sans
Table
\family default
,
\family sans
Math,
\family default
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Macros,
\family default
\family sans
Review
\family default
and
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panels
\family default
toolbars can additionally be set to the state
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
, denoted in the menu with the suffix
\family sans
(auto)
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the
\emph on
on
\emph default
state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
or when a certain feature is enabled.
That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
is inside a formula or table respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Toolbars"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Split View
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Split
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
View
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
into
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Half
\family default
will split \SpecialChar LyX
's main window vertically while
\family sans
Split
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
View
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
into
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Upper
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Lower
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Half
\family default
will split it horizontally.
This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
to view the same document, but at different positions.
You can even split the main window several times to view, for example,
three or more documents at the same time.
To close a split view, use the menu
\family sans
Close
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Current
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
View
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Close Current View
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Closes a split view.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Fullscreen
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
so that you will see nothing but your text.
It furthermore displays \SpecialChar LyX
's main window fullscreen.
To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The Insert Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Menu ! Insert
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Math
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
and the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Special Character
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Special-Character"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here you can insert the following characters:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Symbols Opens the
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your
\SpecialChar LaTeX
system.
By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories;
the available characters depend on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages you have installed.
You can get a complete display by checking
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
all
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
Not all characters will be visible in the
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
dialog (see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
\end_inset
) can display every character.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
End
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Ordinary
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in
the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Single
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar nobreakdash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Breakable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar breakableslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Visible
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when
pressing the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key):
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Menu
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Phonetic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Symbols
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Phonetic symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Language ! Phonetic symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic
Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these
symbols.
To use this feature you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
tipa
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages ! tipa
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
More information about this feature can be found in the
\emph on
Linguistics
\emph default
manual (
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
Specific Manuals
\family default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Formatting
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens a submenu with the following options:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
\begin_inset script superscript
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
a, b
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
\begin_inset script subscript
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
3x
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts a protected space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Inter-word
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts a thin space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Visible
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts a character to visualize that there is or should be a space.
This is e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence.
An example from the \SpecialChar LyX
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual:
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
To insert a fraction use the command
\series bold
\backslash
frac
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
A
\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
\end_inset
B.
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
The visible space is hereby the character before the
\series bold
A
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts vertical space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Vertical-Space"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Ligatures"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Justified
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph
breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in
section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
List/TOC
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
The
\family sans
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of Contents
\family default
, the
\family sans
List of Algorithms
\family default
,
\family sans
List of Figures,
\family default
\family sans
List of Tables
\family default
and
\family sans
List of Listings
\family default
are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"
\end_inset
.
The
\family sans
Index List
\family default
is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"
\end_inset
, the
\family sans
Nomenclature
\family default
is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nomenclature"
\end_inset
and the
\family sans
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
Bibliography
\family default
is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Float
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To insert floats, as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
and in detail the chapter
\emph on
Floats
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Note
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To insert notes, described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Branch
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a
new branch.
Branches are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Branches"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Custom Insets
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts document class-specific insets.
Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
document class.
An example is the document class
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
article (Elsevier)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
with three custom insets.
The section
\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
\emph default
in
\emph on
Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual explains how custom insets are defined.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
File
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
External Material
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
in your document.
For more information see chapter
\emph on
External Document Parts
\emph default
of the Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Box
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Boxes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a box in a certain style.
Boxes are described in detail in the chapter
\emph on
Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Citation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens the
\family sans
Citation
\family default
dialog as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Cross-Reference
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a
\family sans
cross-reference
\family default
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a
\family sans
label
\family default
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Caption
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Captions
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Longtables ! Caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
Floats are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
; captions in longtables are described in the section
\emph on
Longtable Captions
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts an index entry as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nomenclature"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Table
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table.
Tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
and in detail in the chapter
\emph on
Tables
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Graphics
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Opens the
\family sans
Graphics
\family default
dialog.
Graphics are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Graphics"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
URL
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a URL as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:URLs"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyperlinks
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Footnote
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a footnote as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Footnotes"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Marginal Note
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a marginal note as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Short Title
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Is only visible if the cursor is in front, in or behind a section heading,
title or caption of a float.
Inserts a short title as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\SpecialChar TeX
Code
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a \SpecialChar TeX
Code box as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Program Listing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Program listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a program listings box.
Program listings are explained in the chapter
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Date
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts the actual date.
The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
\SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
\SpecialChar LyX
offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
in the section
\emph on
External Material
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Preview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts a preview inset as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The Navigate Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Menu ! Navigate
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of the current document.
This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Bookmarks
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
to jump, for example, between section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.5 and 6.3.
To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.5 and use the submenu
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bookmark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1
\family default
.
Then go to section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
6.3 and use
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bookmark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
2.
Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
the key bindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "bookmark-goto 1"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "bookmark-goto 2"
\end_inset
.You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
The submenu
\family sans
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bookmarks
\family default
allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu
\family sans
Navigate
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Back
\family default
jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor
position.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Go to Label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
(It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Label)
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Forward Search
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output,
see section
\emph on
The \SpecialChar LyX
Server\SpecialChar menuseparator
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
search
\emph default
in the
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Features
\emph default
manual for a detailed description.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The Document Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Menu ! Document
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Change Tracking
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Change Tracking is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
LaTeX Log
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
After running \SpecialChar LaTeX
by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled.
It shows the logfile of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-program used.
You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something
to the clipboard or update the view.
With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Start Appendix Here
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
View
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
[